<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Derekcx</id>
	<title>MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Derekcx"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Special:Contributions/Derekcx"/>
	<updated>2026-04-16T09:25:07Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.5</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=admin/setting/themesettingfordson&amp;diff=126489</id>
		<title>admin/setting/themesettingfordson</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=admin/setting/themesettingfordson&amp;diff=126489"/>
		<updated>2016-12-23T06:12:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add comment&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Fordson is a child theme of Boost.  It features an enhanced homepage, color choosers for all major elements of the page, preset support, custom header images for both courses and the main site.&lt;br /&gt;
There are seven pages for Fordson: Presets, Colours, Heading and Course Image Settings, Content Areas, Social Networking, Icon Navigation, and Marketing Tiles.  This page will cover each of these pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:enhancedhome.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Presets ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fordson Preset Tab&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose from several included presets or upload your own.  The Fordson theme has several elements in the layout which are not included with the default Boost theme.  These elements are included in the SCSS folder in the styles.scss file.  This ensures that basic styling for marketing tiles, icon navigation, and other elements will carry over when using other presets.  A listing of these changes should be included here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:presets.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Colours ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fordson Colours Tab&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colours tab allows you to quickly change the look of the major elements of the page.  Text, links, background colors are all included.  Along with this, some standard bootstrap elements common to presets are also included.  Once you upload a preset you most likely can alter some of the colors using the Fordson Colour tab.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended you remove all color settings when exploring presets so that the Fordson color choosers do not alter the preset styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:colours.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heading and Course Image Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fordson Heading and Course Image Settings Tab&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upload a default header image, body background image, and/or login image.  The default header image is used at the top of every page.  The height of the header can be set using the dropdown setting.  If a teacher uploads an image file to their course summary files area then it will replace the default image for that course.  This allows teachers to customize their course without having to use a new theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:courseimages.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content Areas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fordson Content Areas&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four areas for custom content: Frontpage Logged in Textbox, Frontpage Logged Out Textbox, Alert, and Footnote.  Using the frontpage textboxes you can provide a message or instructions for visitors based on whether they are authenticated or just visiting.  The alert box is useful for maintenance or other notices that users must see.  The alert message appears on the site homepage just below the icon navigation area.   The footnote appears in the footer of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:contentareas.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Social Networking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Icon Navigation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Fordson Icon Navigation Tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:iconnavigation.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icon navigation is a unique navigation used in our themes.  It is a great way to quickly get learners into main areas of your site.  The icons, button, text, and color help draw attention to this style of navigation.  There are three settings for each icon and you can create up to eight icons in total.  The first element to creating an icon button is the actual icon which comes from Font-Awesome. Use any of these icons found here: http://fontawesome.io/cheatsheet/  just remember to remove the &amp;quot;fa-&amp;quot;.  Next enter in text which will appear below the icon.  Try to keep it to one or two words.  Finally, you must provide a link. It can be a link to anywhere.  You can link to anywhere including outside websites just enter the proper URL. If your Moodle site is in a subdirectory the default URL will not work. Please adjust the URL to reflect the subdirectory. Example if &amp;quot;moodle&amp;quot; was your subdirectory folder then the URL would need to be changed to /moodle/my/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the 8 icons there are two special icons: Course Creator Button and Slide Icon Button.   The course creator button will appear when a user has the capability to create courses.  If you use LDAP you can make all staff members &amp;quot;Course Creators&amp;quot; when they login to Moodle.  If this is the case, this button will appear for them and quickly help them begin creating a new course.  The slide icon button is a toggle button that will either show or hide a custom textbox.  When pressed, the slide textbox reveals itself by sliding down from the icon navigation bar.  This is ideal for featured courses, staff trainings, and other helpful information.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:displayicon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marketing Tiles ==&lt;br /&gt;
These have fixed heights, which means if the content is too big, you get nice scroll bars as in the &#039;Staff courses&#039; below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:marketingtiles.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_FAQ&amp;diff=125328</id>
		<title>SCORM FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_FAQ&amp;diff=125328"/>
		<updated>2016-09-15T00:14:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: /* Problems with responsiveness */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{SCORM}}&lt;br /&gt;
==What is SCORM?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SCORM was developed as a result of collaboration in the public and private sectors. The President of the United States, Bill Clinton issued an Executive Order that created an agency (ADL) to oversee the standard for developing and distributing online learning.  All Federal agencies are mandated to use programs that meet those standards.  SCORM is one result of that order.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s a really simple &amp;quot;What is SCORM&amp;quot; introduction here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=3757#p18828&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A slightly more detailed introduction here: http://www.rusticisoftware.com/resources/whatisscorm/What%20Is%20SCORM.ht&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I make my Moodle courses as SCORM or use Moodle&#039;s features?==&lt;br /&gt;
It depends how you intend to use it. If you are planning on exporting and using in another LMS then SCORM would make this easier. If you want something shiny, then a SCORM package can fit the bill. However, reporting and grading work better in Moodle and for many educators the standard features do the job perfectly and do not require learning a new program. There is a useful form post discussing the pros and cons of SCORM in Moodle here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=200242&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced Distributed Learning (ADL) is the organization that wrote the SCORM standard. You can download documentation and samples form ADL&#039;s Web site. Documentation for SCORM 1.2 in several languages is available  [http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/SCORMSDocuments/Forms/AllItems.aspx?RootFolder=%2fTechnologies%2fscorm%2fSCORMSDocuments%2fPrevious%20Versions%2fSCORM%201.2%2fDocumentation%20Suite%20(SCORM%201.2)&amp;amp;FolderCTID=0x0120007F801FCD5325044C89D91240519482D7&amp;amp;View={4D6DFFDE-3CFC-4DD9-A21A-4B687728824A} here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Philip Hutchison provides an AS3 and JavaScript wrapper, as well as a sample package: &lt;br /&gt;
http://pipwerks.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM Package Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A SCORM package must contains in the root of zip a file named imsmanifest.xml which defines SCORM course structure, resource location and many other things. Other files used in the package, such as HTML files, XML files, multimedia files, and JavaScript for the SCORM API must be listed in this file. The LMS parses the manifest, and provides the files listed there to the content package during runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AICC Package Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An AICC package is defined by several files (from 4 to 7) with defined extensions as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CRS - Course Description file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* AU - Assignable Unit file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* DES - Descriptor file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* CST - Course Structure file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* ORE - Objective Relationship file (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
* PRE - Prerequisites file (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
* CMP - Completition Requirements file (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you are running Moodle 2.1 or higher, a large number of SCORM related bugs are present in previous versions.&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you (and your users) have JavaScript enabled. SCORM requires JavaScript.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your SCORM object is SCORM compliant - check it in an external SCORM player like [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Tools_for_creating_SCORM_content#Reload Reload] to see if it works there.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload a copy of your SCORM object to a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File_hosting_service File Hosting Service] and post a message asking for help in the forums, linking to your SCORM object explaining exactly what you expect to happen, and what is happening instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read Dan Marsden&#039;s blog post [http://danmarsden.com/blog/2012/08/08/scorm-doesnt-work-in-moodle here] (Maintainer of SCORM Module in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Does Moodle Generate SCORM Content?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle &#039;&#039;&#039;does not&#039;&#039;&#039; generate scorm content. Moodle presents the content in SCORM packages to learners, and saves data from learner interactions with the SCORM package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I add a password for access to my SCORM package?==&lt;br /&gt;
No, although there is a tracker request for this: MDL-46403 As a workaround you could add your SCORM package using the single activity course format - see [[Course formats]] - and add an enrolment key to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supported Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SCORM 1.2 is supported in Moodle 2.1(or higher) and passes all the tests in the ADL Conformance test suite 1.2.7 for SCORM 1.2. The best place for information on SCORM 1.2 conformance is the [http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/SCORMSDocuments/Previous%20Versions/SCORM%201.2/Conformance%20Test%20Suite%20(SCORM%201.2)/SCORM_1.2_ConformanceReq.pdf SCORM Comformance Requirements documentation (PDF 3.4MB)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SCORM 2004 is not supported in Moodle. Parts of the API have been implemented, but others such as Navigation and Sequencing have not. Development on native SCORM 2004 support in Moodle [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=227906 has stopped]. If you require a fully certified SCORM 2004 Player in Moodle, [http://www.scorm.com Rustici Software] have a [http://support.scorm.com/entries/20394726-scorm-cloud-moodle-module Moodle plugin] which connects to their commercial [http://www.scorm.com/scorm-solved/scorm-cloud/ SCORM Cloud] service turning Moodle into a fully compliant SCORM 2004 LMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* AICC objects are supported in Moodle 2.1 and higher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle does not support Tin Can at this stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asking for Help in the SCORM Forum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When trying to engage the community to help with a problem you are facing, you will get a better response if you follow a few simple guidelines:&lt;br /&gt;
* Always start your report with &#039;&#039;&#039;version information&#039;&#039;&#039; - preferably the information displayed on the Admin -&amp;gt; Environment panel eg. http://localhost/moodle/admin/environment.php where http://localhost/moodle is your particular prefix.  With this it will be clear how you are running your Moodle instance, on what platform, and at which version.  This will quickly expose issues where a simple upgrade will solve your problem.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be prepared to &#039;&#039;&#039;provide the SCORM package&#039;&#039;&#039; that illustrates your problem - if you don&#039;t then it will be very difficult for anyone offering assistance to recreate your situation - a real barrier to help.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Screenshots&#039;&#039;&#039; are very helpful. Provide a screenshot of all error messages, and any instance where something seems to go wrong in the interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nonstandard themes can introduce SCORM issues. Be sure to tell us &#039;&#039;&#039;what theme you&#039;re using&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have admin privileges, and have access to a localhost install or other place where real-time users won&#039;t be disturbed, be sure to turn on debugging. Navigate to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Development &amp;gt; Debugging&#039;&#039;&#039; and set &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug messages: Developer&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Display debug messages: Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Access the SCORM content. If there are errors printed to the page, include them in your forum post. &lt;br /&gt;
* Use [https://developers.google.com/chrome-developer-tools/docs/console Chrome&#039;s JavaScript Console] or [https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Tools/Web_Console Firebug&#039;s JavaScript console] to check that there are no JavaScript errors on the page when the content loads. &lt;br /&gt;
* Run your problematic SCORM package through &#039;&#039;&#039;API debugging&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below) and include the text of that API log with your post. That way we can see right away if the right function calls are not taking place.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you&#039;re using a content development suite which publishes to SCORM, such as Articulate, Captivate, Lectora, LessonBuilder, Udutu, or some other product, then include that in your post. Every authoring software has its ticks, and if you&#039;ve run into one, it&#039;s likely that someone else has also dealt with it, and will recognize it. However, please keep in mind that &#039;&#039;&#039;this is a place to get help with Moodle issues, not help with your SCORM package authoring suite&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Debugging settings are located at Settings &amp;gt; Site Administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Activities &amp;gt; Scorm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the checkbox for &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate API debug...&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the api mask. You can use the mask to enable debugging under certain conditions. For example, if you are logged in using the admin user (username admin) you can set the api mask to: &amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;admin.*&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;  Users not logged in as admin will not see the debugging log. The &amp;quot;Default&amp;quot; api mask is &amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;.*&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What does the debugging log mean?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SCO commonly sends the following communications through the API:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSInitialize();&#039;&#039;&#039; opens the connection between the SCO and Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSGetValue( &#039;valuename&#039; );&#039;&#039;&#039; gets a value from Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSSetValue( &#039;valuename&#039; , &#039;value&#039; );&#039;&#039;&#039; sends a value to Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSCommit();&#039;&#039;&#039; saves values sent to Moodle via LMSSetValue() and should be called after every LMSSetValue()&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSFinish()&#039;&#039;&#039; saves values sent to Moodle and closes the connection between the SCO And Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red lines in the debugging log means there was an error in the communication through the API. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If LMSInitialize() fails, returns an error, then no subsequent values sent to Moodle will be saved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click through the entire SCORM package. Then access the scorm report for your attempt, and compare the saved values in the debugging log with Moodle&#039;s report of the attempt. If the values set in the debug log do not match the values saved to Moodle, then there may be a problem with Moodle. Otherwise it&#039;s likely to be an issue with the SCO or the SCORM activity settings not giving you the functionality you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM and the Gradebook==&lt;br /&gt;
Please see [https://docs.moodle.org/en/SCORM_FAQ#My_SCORM_Module_doesn.27t_function_properly FAQ:My SCORM Module doesn&#039;t function properly] and  [https://docs.moodle.org/en/SCORM_FAQ#Handling_of_Multiple_Attempts FAQ:Handling of Multiple Attempts]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some SCORM packages report both cmi.core.lesson_status and cmi.core.score.raw. Others report only cmi.core.lesson_status, or only cmi.core.score.raw. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; setting for SCORM objects is meant to account for that.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Highest grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Average grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;Sum grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, and your learning object does not report a score, only, cmi.core.lesson_status, then there will be no numerical score to pass to the gradebook. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your SCOs do not report cmi.core.score.raw, then the best &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;Learning Objects&#039;&#039;&#039;. This reports either a 1 or a 0 as a score for each learning object. The gradebook value for that SCORM activity is the percent of scos in the package for which learners got a 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, if your SCOs do not report a lesson_status, then select one of the score-based &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; options, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;Highest grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Average grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;Sum grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, and not &#039;&#039;&#039;Learning Objects&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not know what your SCOs are reporting to the LMS, then run them through to completion with debugging on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the way SCORM objects are graded is controlled inside the SCORM Authoring process before it is packaged for use in an LMS like Moodle - make sure all your grading settings are set correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM Administration Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[SCORM settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common Solutions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difficulty Displaying a SCORM Package===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have difficulty displaying a SCORM, try loading the SCORM in [http://www.reload.ac.uk Reload] and re-saving it, then save the folder as a .zip package and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Character Display Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
When you notice there is a problem displaying characters correctly, it could be a misconfiguration of your server. Make sure that both httpd.conf (when using Apache) and php.ini are set to DefaultCharacterset = utf8 or switch the sending of a default character set off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===slash arguments warning when I add/update SCORM objects in my course===&lt;br /&gt;
Some web servers don&#039;t support a function called &#039;&#039;&#039;slash arguments&#039;&#039;&#039; and so Moodle allows you to turn it off, but SCORM packages require &#039;&#039;&#039;slash arguments&#039;&#039;&#039; to be enabled on the web server in order to work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Using slash arguments]] for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SCORM doesn&#039;t work on Godaddy Host===&lt;br /&gt;
Godaddy hosts give a 404 file not found error - this is because by default they do not allow slash arguments which SCORM requires. The best way to test this is to visit http://yourmoodlesite/admin/tool/health/index.php - but the fix involves adding a php.ini or php5.ini file with the following text:&lt;br /&gt;
 AcceptPathInfo&lt;br /&gt;
 cgi.fix_pathinfo=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Flash-Based Content Loads, then Stalls===&lt;br /&gt;
This issue is most commonly associated with zlib compression. Classic presentation is that the base HTML file and SWF are loaded into the SCORM player, but the SWF is not able to load any audio or video assets, and therefore stalls. You can watch the loading of SWFs and assets using Chrome&#039;s Developer Tools or other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check your site&#039;s zlib compression settings as an admin by loading up the Server &amp;gt; phpinfo page. zlib compression is not a Moodle setting but a server setting, so you&#039;ll need a server admin to disable it. Be sure to Purge All Caches, and clear browser caches, before confirming the change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zlib warning when I add/update SCORM objects in my course===&lt;br /&gt;
Zlib is a php compression setting made in a websites PHP configuration - unfortunately some browsers don&#039;t handle this well (especially Internet Explorer 6) Some webhosts enable this setting, but it will likely cause issues for your users when they attempt to view/use the SCORM object. You will need to contact your server administrator to turn this off. The setting to change in php configuration is &amp;quot;zlib.output_compression&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incorrect file package - missing imsmanifest.xml or AICC structure===&lt;br /&gt;
This means that Moodle cannot find a file called imsmanifest.xml inside the SCORM object. Reasons for this could be:&lt;br /&gt;
* imsmanifest.xml needs to be immediately inside the scorm directory, NOT inside a directory inside of that. So if the zipped scorm package is package.zip, the unzipped package directory should contain immediately inside of it the imsmanifest.xml. This is a common mistake and normally occurs when a SCORM author creates a package themselves and then selects that folder to compress. This places the content folder inside of another folder, The imsmanifest.xml is there, but it is 2 directories deep. To avoid this problem when zipping scorm content into a package, go INSIDE of the exported scorm folder, select all files inside, and compress them while all are selected. The resultant compressed directory has the imsmanifest.xml file in the first directory, immediately available to the moodle scorm loading process. &lt;br /&gt;
* when using linux based systems the filename imsmanifest.xml must be all in lowercase not IMSmanifest.xml or Imsmanifest.XML&lt;br /&gt;
* The SCORM authoring tool Articulate sometimes fails to create the imsmanifest.xml -Try exporting the package again and see if the manifest is generated.&lt;br /&gt;
* The SCORM authoring tool Articulate Presenter will publish packages where the imsmanifest.xml file is in the correct place, but there are several lines of white space in the manifest file if you do not fill out the Reporting and Tracking Options in Articulate Presenter for Keywords and LMS Description. Moodle will give a &amp;quot;Manifest not found&amp;quot; error when encountering this. To fix this problem select the Reporting and Tracking Options in the Articulate Presenter publish dialog and fill in the LMS Description and Keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File not found error===&lt;br /&gt;
You have this error if the scorm package is created in moodle, and the scorm menu loads, but inside of the viewing area for the scorm content, you get a page with a 404 file not found error, usually showing the current Moodle theme. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means is that one of the files listed in the imsmanifest.xml is not in the scorm package or not in the correct directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and unzip the package, open up imsmanifest.xml. At the bottom of the xml file, below any metadata, you&#039;ll find a place where organizations and resources for those organizations are designated: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code xml&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;organizations default=&amp;quot;TOC1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;organization identifier=&amp;quot;TOC1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;SCORM Test&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;item identifier=&amp;quot;I_SCO0&amp;quot; identifierref=&amp;quot;SCO0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;Library Quiz&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;adlcp:masteryscore&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/adlcp:masteryscore&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/item&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/organization&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/organizations&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;resources&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;resource identifier=&amp;quot;SCO0&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;webcontent&amp;quot; adlcp:scormtype=&amp;quot;sco&amp;quot; href=&amp;quot;scorm.html&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.html&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;dependency identifierref=&amp;quot;ALLRESOURCES&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/resource&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;resource identifier=&amp;quot;ALLRESOURCES&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;webcontent&amp;quot; adlcp:scormtype=&amp;quot;asset&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.html&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.js&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;swfobject.js&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.swf&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scormwrapper.js&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/resource&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/manifest&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this xml, we have a single organization, and in that organization is a single resource, a single sco. There are 5 files necessary for that resource to work correctly. The scorm.html file is loaded first. It loads 3 external js files and a swf. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you need to do now is go to the directory containing imsmanifest.xml, and check that all of those listed files are available at the correct path from imsmanfiest.xml, as listed in imsmanifest.xml. If any one of those files is missing (especially the html file or the swf), or if the paths in imsmanifest.xml are incorrect, then it&#039;s very likely that the scorm object won&#039;t be able to load at all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the files aren&#039;t missing, but are simply misnamed in the manifest, or placed in the wrong directory. You can fix this by moving the files to the correct places, or updating their names so that the imsmanifest and the actual file names match up. In the case of a misnamed file, change the manifest rather than the actual file names, since the the files also reference one another in other places!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unzip issues===&lt;br /&gt;
If you get a blank page after filling in the title, description, and selecting a large SCORM file, it&#039;s likely you haven&#039;t installed the PHP-zip lib which is required for Moodle 2.x for more info see [[admin/environment/php_extension/zip]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clear an Attempt===&lt;br /&gt;
To clear attempts by a student:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the SCORM activity and select the link &amp;quot;View reports for x users&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the attempt or attempts you want to clear using the checkbox&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Delete in the drop-down box at the bottom of the page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Handling of Multiple Attempts===&lt;br /&gt;
SCORM is designed to allow a learner to exit and return at a later date to the same point they left from. This means that each time they enter the SCORM they are using the same single attempt. Some SCORM packages are intelligent about handling re-entry, many are not. What this means is that if the learner re-enters an existing attempt, if the SCORM content does not have internal logic to avoid overwriting cmi.core.lesson_status and cmi.core.score.raw, they can be overwritten by a lower score, confusing the learner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a SCORM sets the cmi.core.lesson_status value to &#039;completed&#039;, &#039;passed&#039; or &#039;failed&#039; then Moodle allows the user to create a new attempt by adding a &#039;&#039;&#039;Start new attempt&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox to the entry page. If cmi.core.lesson_status is set to &#039;incomplete&#039;, &#039;browsed&#039; or &#039;notattempted&#039; the learner can only re-enter the existing attempt. If you are using the setting &#039;Student skip content structure page&#039;, this checkbox will never be shown to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle provides a range of settings to allow this to be controlled, some of these settings are hidden by default as advanced options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Number of attempts&lt;br /&gt;
:This allows the teacher to set how many SCORM attempts the learner may create - this is not how many times a learner can re-enter a SCORM attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempts grading&lt;br /&gt;
:This allows the teacher to set how multiple SCORM attempts(not re-entries) are graded. It is important to note that a &#039;failed&#039; cmi.core_lesson_status allows a new attempt to be generated but the attempts grading setting &amp;quot;last completed attempt&amp;quot; only includes &#039;completed&#039; and &#039;passed&#039; values in it&#039;s calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display attempt status&lt;br /&gt;
:This displays a users SCORM attempts and how their final grade is calculated on the SCORM entry page and the My Moodle page for the learner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Force completed&lt;br /&gt;
:This is a setting that can be used to force a SCORM package to report a &#039;completed&#039; cmi.core.lesson_status if it doesn&#039;t currently set the value.&lt;br /&gt;
* Force new attempt&lt;br /&gt;
:This hides the &#039;&#039;&#039;Start new attempt&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox and will force a new attempt if the previous attempt has cmi.core.lesson_status value to &#039;completed&#039;, &#039;passed&#039; or &#039;failed&#039; - this setting can also be used to make sure a new attempt is generated when the &#039;Student skip content structure page&#039; setting is used.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lock after final attempt&lt;br /&gt;
:This prevents access to the SCORM after the total number of attempts have been used - if this is not set the learner can re-enter their last attempt and potentially change/overwrite their score each time depending on how the SCORM package supports multiple re-entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reducing Load Time with Captivate===&lt;br /&gt;
* Modify the percent that must be downloaded before the content starts to play. In Captivate 4, there&#039;s a setting in: Preferences / Project / Start and End / Preload. Reduce that to 50%.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you use audio in your Cp file (as background or element attachment), try to put a gap of 0,1 second at the beginning of each element including audio on your slides. If you don&#039;t do that, Cp merge all the audio files in one big audio file it need to download before playing the project. This problem have been report many times from the Cp community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moodle changes cmi.core.lesson_status from &amp;quot;completed&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;passed&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;failed&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
Many SCORM authorware suites generate a masteryscore node in the imsmanifest.xml by default. This node is not necessary to the XML file. But when it is there, the SCORM standard designates specific behaviour with regard to the value set there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can also be controlled in Moodle using the setting &amp;quot;Mastery score overrides status&amp;quot; If this setting is enabled and a mastery score is provided within your package, when LMSFinish is called and a raw score has been set, if the raw score is lower than the mastery score, the lesson status will be overridden and set to &amp;quot;failed&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s what is in the scorm standard, on page 35 of 155 in SCORM_1.2_ConformanceReq.pdf, numbered page 2-19 ([http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/SCORMSDocuments/Forms/AllItems.aspx?RootFolder=%2fTechnologies%2fscorm%2fSCORMSDocuments%2fPrevious%20Versions%2fSCORM%201%2e2%2fDocumentation%20Suite%20%28SCORM%201%2e2%29&amp;amp;FolderCTID=0x0120007F801FCD5325044C89D91240519482D7&amp;amp;View=%7b4D6DFFDE%2d3CFC%2d4DD9%2dA21A%2d4B687728824A%7d SCORM Version 1.2 Conformance Requirements Version 1.2]):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the value for this element is not set to “incomplete” by the SCO, then the LMS shall re-evaluate and change the value based on the following:&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;If there is no mastery score in the Manifest, and the SCO sets a score (cmi.core.score.raw) and the lesson_status (cmi.core.lesson_status) then the LMS shall not override the SCO determined status.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;If there is a mastery score in the Manifest, the LMS can change the status to either passed or failed depending on the student&#039;s score (cmi.core.score.raw) compared to the mastery score.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;If the student is taking the SCO for no-credit, (cmi.core.credit = “no-credit”) there is no change to the lesson_status, with one exception. If the lesson_mode (cmi.core.lesson_mode) is &amp;quot;browse&amp;quot;, the lesson_status may change to &amp;quot;browsed&amp;quot; even if the cmi.core.credit is set to no-credit.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can result in some functionality you don&#039;t intend. You can fix the problem by removing the mastery score node from your imsmanifest.xml file or by adjusting the Moodle setting &amp;quot;Mastery score overrides status&amp;quot;. You may also want to find out what options you have, within your authorware suite, for the writing of that node into the manifest file, and change your authoring process accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rustici SCORM Cloud default operating behaviour for masteryscore is different from Moodle&#039;s default operating behaviour - you can see a little bit of the history around the way Rustici handle this here: http://scorm.com/blog/2010/09/anatomy-of-scorm-minutiae-mistake/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Player Look &#039;n Feel===&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to adjust height and width settings for the SCORM player window &#039;&#039;&#039;so long as&#039;&#039;&#039; your theme is based on/not too much of an aberration from one of the standard themes which ship with Moodle 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your site or course theme isn&#039;t closely based on one of the standard M2 themes, then it&#039;s possible that your theme CSS is overriding local height and width settings for the SCORM player. Have a Web developer (or a Moodle Partner) examine how your theme is interacting with the player layout, and make changes to your theme as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Why can&#039;t I just change it locally?&#039;&#039;&#039; You can change height and width per individual SCORM package, and you can set defaults for these local height and width values ( [[SCORM Admin Options]] ). Other things, such as colors, shading, borders, backgrounds, are controlled by CSS, just like everything else on the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Courselab 2.4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive a &amp;quot; found more than one record!&amp;quot; error when trying to run your SCORM 1.2 package check the imsmanifest.xml file of your SCORM package and ensure that the values for &amp;lt;organization identifier&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;item identifier&amp;gt; are unique. To change the &amp;lt;organization identifier&amp;gt;, in Courselab, go to File &amp;gt; Course Runtime Settings. The dialog says &#039;Course identification in LMS&#039; but changing the Identifier field is what sets the &amp;lt;organization identifier&amp;gt;.  (see MDL-38060 for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SCORM results deleted after package update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When uploading a SCORM package over a previous one, if the item identifier in the manifest file is different to the one being overwritten then the tracking data for that SCORM package in Moodle is deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure the item identifier is the same for the new SCORM resource&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problems with responsiveness===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes SCORMs fail on responsiveness or the ability to scroll on mobile devices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle uses iFrames for deploying SCORM.  https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=180#p863  &lt;br /&gt;
*There can be some problems with this as they are not responsive in iOS https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=1446#p6687&lt;br /&gt;
*There are some potential work arounds.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Totara has a new window.  #https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=851#p3968&lt;br /&gt;
#This comment https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=787#p3661&lt;br /&gt;
#Solutions for Adapt: https://github.com/adaptlearning/adapt_framework/issues/210&lt;br /&gt;
*The tracker: &lt;br /&gt;
#https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-47500 problems with pages.&lt;br /&gt;
#https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-46563&lt;br /&gt;
#https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-50401&lt;br /&gt;
*Why iFrames fail with iOS, one person&#039;s view: https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=926#p4714&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This seems to be a problem that lies between the browsers (eg faults in iOS) the creation of the SCORM package and the LMS (in this case the iFrames in Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One quite comprehensive idea for a work around is here: https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=180 but there is really no evidence at the moment of a nicer solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=1951 SCORM forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://danmarsden.com/blog/2012/08/08/scorm-doesnt-work-in-moodle SCORM doesn&#039;t work] blog post from developer Dan Marsden&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://danmarsden.com/blog/2009/05/23/scorm-2004-in-moodle/ SCORM 2004 in Moodle] blog post from developer Dan Marsden&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=276324 Identifiers to change with updated SCORM module]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/dev/SCORM_schema Internal SCORM Schema]&lt;br /&gt;
* The official standard: [http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/default.aspx Advanced Distributed Learning - SCORM]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Online resources&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.scormcourse.com/ SCORMCourse.com] serves the SCORM and ADL community as an educational resource for SCORM technology.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.eduworks.com/index.php/Publications/Learning-Object-Tutorial.html Learning Object Tutorial]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elearningweekly.wordpress.com/2007/04/12/tutorial-build-scorm-compatible-lesson-templates-for-your-lms/ Tutorial: Build SCORM-Compatible Lesson Templates for Your LMS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Moodle forum discussions:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=3757 Simple introduction to SCORM] &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=57059 Are there any sugestions for scorm authoring with Microsoft word / or any other easy (maybe free) scorm authoring tool?]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=95946 Is SCORM worth it?]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=207964 Updating an Object]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Lernpaket FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Using_SCORM&amp;diff=125327</id>
		<title>Using SCORM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Using_SCORM&amp;diff=125327"/>
		<updated>2016-09-15T00:12:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Adding small comment&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{SCORM}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Improve}}&lt;br /&gt;
Like a Moodle course, each SCORM package will vary with the modules used in its construction by the teacher and by the SCORM activity settings established by the teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using SCORM and responsiveness on smaller screens==&lt;br /&gt;
At present there are some issues with responsiveness, since Moodle uses iFrames.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some work arounds described in this post: https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=180&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The challenge is that browsers (like Safari on iOS), SCORM packages and the LMS (ie in this case Moodle) need to play together well.  Catch 22&#039;s include &amp;quot;Use the Popup work around and you mess with the Desktop view&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;use the iFrame approach and you strike non-scrolling problems&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More information here: https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/SCORM_FAQ#Problems_with_responsiveness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Features of student view==&lt;br /&gt;
*Preview and review mode options&lt;br /&gt;
*Checkboxes to indicate whether sections have been accessed previously&lt;br /&gt;
*Start new attempt&lt;br /&gt;
*Reset&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM reports==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can access 4 report types for the SCORM activity via the reports tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Basic report&lt;br /&gt;
* Graph report &lt;br /&gt;
* Interactions report&lt;br /&gt;
* Objectives report (for SCORM packages that use objective reporting)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCORMReports.png|center|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: By default, users with the roles of manager, teacher and non-editing teacher are listed in SCORM reports. To prevent them being listed, edit the roles in &#039;&#039;Site administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039; and unset the mod/scorm:savetrack capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic report===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic report page shows a table of attempts for the SCORM activity. If you have the SCORM activity set up to allow multiple attempts, there may be more than one attempt for some users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selected attempts may be deleted by ticking the checkboxes then clicking the &#039;Delete selected attempts&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic report may be downloaded in ODS, Excel or text format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A detailed report of each user&#039;s attempts may be obtained by clicking on the number in the attempts column. The track details link provides information on specific SCORM values recorded in Moodle by the SCORM object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the tracked details depend heavily upon what the SCORM object itself is programmed to report. Many SCORM packages created with authoring suites use the suspend_data field to record important information, instead of the traditional SCORM values. This makes deciphering the recorded data extremely difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:scorm basic report.png|thumb|Basic report]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:scorm attempt.png|thumb|Detailed report for a specific user attempt]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:scorm track details.png|thumb|Track details]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Graph report===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graph report displays graphs of percentage obtained against number of participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:scorm graph_report.png|thumb|SCORM graph report]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:multiscoes.png|thumb|Graph report for package consisting of multiple SCOs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SCORM interactions report===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interactions report shows students&#039; responses to questions together with the correct answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:scorm interactions report.png|thumb|SCORM interactions report]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}The interactions report may be downloaded in ODS, Excel or text format and include responses, right answers and (&#039;&#039;new in 3.1&#039;&#039;) results (whether the response to a question was right or wrong).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Objectives report===&lt;br /&gt;
This report is similar to the interactions report but if a SCORM package is set up to report objectives then this report will display the status and raw.score of any objectives data passed back to Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Voir un SCORM]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:SCORMを表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Lernpaket nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Uso de SCORM]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_FAQ&amp;diff=125234</id>
		<title>SCORM FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_FAQ&amp;diff=125234"/>
		<updated>2016-09-07T22:36:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{SCORM}}&lt;br /&gt;
==What is SCORM?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SCORM was developed as a result of collaboration in the public and private sectors. The President of the United States, Bill Clinton issued an Executive Order that created an agency (ADL) to oversee the standard for developing and distributing online learning.  All Federal agencies are mandated to use programs that meet those standards.  SCORM is one result of that order.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s a really simple &amp;quot;What is SCORM&amp;quot; introduction here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=3757#p18828&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A slightly more detailed introduction here: http://www.rusticisoftware.com/resources/whatisscorm/What%20Is%20SCORM.ht&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I make my Moodle courses as SCORM or use Moodle&#039;s features?==&lt;br /&gt;
It depends how you intend to use it. If you are planning on exporting and using in another LMS then SCORM would make this easier. If you want something shiny, then a SCORM package can fit the bill. However, reporting and grading work better in Moodle and for many educators the standard features do the job perfectly and do not require learning a new program. There is a useful form post discussing the pros and cons of SCORM in Moodle here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=200242&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced Distributed Learning (ADL) is the organization that wrote the SCORM standard. You can download documentation and samples form ADL&#039;s Web site. Documentation for SCORM 1.2 in several languages is available  [http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/SCORMSDocuments/Forms/AllItems.aspx?RootFolder=%2fTechnologies%2fscorm%2fSCORMSDocuments%2fPrevious%20Versions%2fSCORM%201.2%2fDocumentation%20Suite%20(SCORM%201.2)&amp;amp;FolderCTID=0x0120007F801FCD5325044C89D91240519482D7&amp;amp;View={4D6DFFDE-3CFC-4DD9-A21A-4B687728824A} here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Philip Hutchison provides an AS3 and JavaScript wrapper, as well as a sample package: &lt;br /&gt;
http://pipwerks.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM Package Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A SCORM package must contains in the root of zip a file named imsmanifest.xml which defines SCORM course structure, resource location and many other things. Other files used in the package, such as HTML files, XML files, multimedia files, and JavaScript for the SCORM API must be listed in this file. The LMS parses the manifest, and provides the files listed there to the content package during runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AICC Package Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An AICC package is defined by several files (from 4 to 7) with defined extensions as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CRS - Course Description file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* AU - Assignable Unit file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* DES - Descriptor file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* CST - Course Structure file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* ORE - Objective Relationship file (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
* PRE - Prerequisites file (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
* CMP - Completition Requirements file (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you are running Moodle 2.1 or higher, a large number of SCORM related bugs are present in previous versions.&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you (and your users) have JavaScript enabled. SCORM requires JavaScript.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your SCORM object is SCORM compliant - check it in an external SCORM player like [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Tools_for_creating_SCORM_content#Reload Reload] to see if it works there.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload a copy of your SCORM object to a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File_hosting_service File Hosting Service] and post a message asking for help in the forums, linking to your SCORM object explaining exactly what you expect to happen, and what is happening instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read Dan Marsden&#039;s blog post [http://danmarsden.com/blog/2012/08/08/scorm-doesnt-work-in-moodle here] (Maintainer of SCORM Module in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Does Moodle Generate SCORM Content?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle &#039;&#039;&#039;does not&#039;&#039;&#039; generate scorm content. Moodle presents the content in SCORM packages to learners, and saves data from learner interactions with the SCORM package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I add a password for access to my SCORM package?==&lt;br /&gt;
No, although there is a tracker request for this: MDL-46403 As a workaround you could add your SCORM package using the single activity course format - see [[Course formats]] - and add an enrolment key to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supported Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SCORM 1.2 is supported in Moodle 2.1(or higher) and passes all the tests in the ADL Conformance test suite 1.2.7 for SCORM 1.2. The best place for information on SCORM 1.2 conformance is the [http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/SCORMSDocuments/Previous%20Versions/SCORM%201.2/Conformance%20Test%20Suite%20(SCORM%201.2)/SCORM_1.2_ConformanceReq.pdf SCORM Comformance Requirements documentation (PDF 3.4MB)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SCORM 2004 is not supported in Moodle. Parts of the API have been implemented, but others such as Navigation and Sequencing have not. Development on native SCORM 2004 support in Moodle [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=227906 has stopped]. If you require a fully certified SCORM 2004 Player in Moodle, [http://www.scorm.com Rustici Software] have a [http://support.scorm.com/entries/20394726-scorm-cloud-moodle-module Moodle plugin] which connects to their commercial [http://www.scorm.com/scorm-solved/scorm-cloud/ SCORM Cloud] service turning Moodle into a fully compliant SCORM 2004 LMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* AICC objects are supported in Moodle 2.1 and higher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle does not support Tin Can at this stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asking for Help in the SCORM Forum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When trying to engage the community to help with a problem you are facing, you will get a better response if you follow a few simple guidelines:&lt;br /&gt;
* Always start your report with &#039;&#039;&#039;version information&#039;&#039;&#039; - preferably the information displayed on the Admin -&amp;gt; Environment panel eg. http://localhost/moodle/admin/environment.php where http://localhost/moodle is your particular prefix.  With this it will be clear how you are running your Moodle instance, on what platform, and at which version.  This will quickly expose issues where a simple upgrade will solve your problem.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be prepared to &#039;&#039;&#039;provide the SCORM package&#039;&#039;&#039; that illustrates your problem - if you don&#039;t then it will be very difficult for anyone offering assistance to recreate your situation - a real barrier to help.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Screenshots&#039;&#039;&#039; are very helpful. Provide a screenshot of all error messages, and any instance where something seems to go wrong in the interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nonstandard themes can introduce SCORM issues. Be sure to tell us &#039;&#039;&#039;what theme you&#039;re using&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have admin privileges, and have access to a localhost install or other place where real-time users won&#039;t be disturbed, be sure to turn on debugging. Navigate to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Development &amp;gt; Debugging&#039;&#039;&#039; and set &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug messages: Developer&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Display debug messages: Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Access the SCORM content. If there are errors printed to the page, include them in your forum post. &lt;br /&gt;
* Use [https://developers.google.com/chrome-developer-tools/docs/console Chrome&#039;s JavaScript Console] or [https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Tools/Web_Console Firebug&#039;s JavaScript console] to check that there are no JavaScript errors on the page when the content loads. &lt;br /&gt;
* Run your problematic SCORM package through &#039;&#039;&#039;API debugging&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below) and include the text of that API log with your post. That way we can see right away if the right function calls are not taking place.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you&#039;re using a content development suite which publishes to SCORM, such as Articulate, Captivate, Lectora, LessonBuilder, Udutu, or some other product, then include that in your post. Every authoring software has its ticks, and if you&#039;ve run into one, it&#039;s likely that someone else has also dealt with it, and will recognize it. However, please keep in mind that &#039;&#039;&#039;this is a place to get help with Moodle issues, not help with your SCORM package authoring suite&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Debugging settings are located at Settings &amp;gt; Site Administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Activities &amp;gt; Scorm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the checkbox for &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate API debug...&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the api mask. You can use the mask to enable debugging under certain conditions. For example, if you are logged in using the admin user (username admin) you can set the api mask to: &amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;admin.*&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;  Users not logged in as admin will not see the debugging log. The &amp;quot;Default&amp;quot; api mask is &amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;.*&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What does the debugging log mean?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SCO commonly sends the following communications through the API:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSInitialize();&#039;&#039;&#039; opens the connection between the SCO and Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSGetValue( &#039;valuename&#039; );&#039;&#039;&#039; gets a value from Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSSetValue( &#039;valuename&#039; , &#039;value&#039; );&#039;&#039;&#039; sends a value to Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSCommit();&#039;&#039;&#039; saves values sent to Moodle via LMSSetValue() and should be called after every LMSSetValue()&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSFinish()&#039;&#039;&#039; saves values sent to Moodle and closes the connection between the SCO And Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red lines in the debugging log means there was an error in the communication through the API. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If LMSInitialize() fails, returns an error, then no subsequent values sent to Moodle will be saved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click through the entire SCORM package. Then access the scorm report for your attempt, and compare the saved values in the debugging log with Moodle&#039;s report of the attempt. If the values set in the debug log do not match the values saved to Moodle, then there may be a problem with Moodle. Otherwise it&#039;s likely to be an issue with the SCO or the SCORM activity settings not giving you the functionality you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM and the Gradebook==&lt;br /&gt;
Please see [https://docs.moodle.org/en/SCORM_FAQ#My_SCORM_Module_doesn.27t_function_properly FAQ:My SCORM Module doesn&#039;t function properly] and  [https://docs.moodle.org/en/SCORM_FAQ#Handling_of_Multiple_Attempts FAQ:Handling of Multiple Attempts]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some SCORM packages report both cmi.core.lesson_status and cmi.core.score.raw. Others report only cmi.core.lesson_status, or only cmi.core.score.raw. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; setting for SCORM objects is meant to account for that.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Highest grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Average grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;Sum grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, and your learning object does not report a score, only, cmi.core.lesson_status, then there will be no numerical score to pass to the gradebook. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your SCOs do not report cmi.core.score.raw, then the best &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;Learning Objects&#039;&#039;&#039;. This reports either a 1 or a 0 as a score for each learning object. The gradebook value for that SCORM activity is the percent of scos in the package for which learners got a 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, if your SCOs do not report a lesson_status, then select one of the score-based &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; options, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;Highest grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Average grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;Sum grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, and not &#039;&#039;&#039;Learning Objects&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not know what your SCOs are reporting to the LMS, then run them through to completion with debugging on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the way SCORM objects are graded is controlled inside the SCORM Authoring process before it is packaged for use in an LMS like Moodle - make sure all your grading settings are set correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM Administration Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[SCORM settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common Solutions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difficulty Displaying a SCORM Package===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have difficulty displaying a SCORM, try loading the SCORM in [http://www.reload.ac.uk Reload] and re-saving it, then save the folder as a .zip package and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Character Display Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
When you notice there is a problem displaying characters correctly, it could be a misconfiguration of your server. Make sure that both httpd.conf (when using Apache) and php.ini are set to DefaultCharacterset = utf8 or switch the sending of a default character set off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===slash arguments warning when I add/update SCORM objects in my course===&lt;br /&gt;
Some web servers don&#039;t support a function called &#039;&#039;&#039;slash arguments&#039;&#039;&#039; and so Moodle allows you to turn it off, but SCORM packages require &#039;&#039;&#039;slash arguments&#039;&#039;&#039; to be enabled on the web server in order to work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Using slash arguments]] for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SCORM doesn&#039;t work on Godaddy Host===&lt;br /&gt;
Godaddy hosts give a 404 file not found error - this is because by default they do not allow slash arguments which SCORM requires. The best way to test this is to visit http://yourmoodlesite/admin/tool/health/index.php - but the fix involves adding a php.ini or php5.ini file with the following text:&lt;br /&gt;
 AcceptPathInfo&lt;br /&gt;
 cgi.fix_pathinfo=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Flash-Based Content Loads, then Stalls===&lt;br /&gt;
This issue is most commonly associated with zlib compression. Classic presentation is that the base HTML file and SWF are loaded into the SCORM player, but the SWF is not able to load any audio or video assets, and therefore stalls. You can watch the loading of SWFs and assets using Chrome&#039;s Developer Tools or other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check your site&#039;s zlib compression settings as an admin by loading up the Server &amp;gt; phpinfo page. zlib compression is not a Moodle setting but a server setting, so you&#039;ll need a server admin to disable it. Be sure to Purge All Caches, and clear browser caches, before confirming the change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zlib warning when I add/update SCORM objects in my course===&lt;br /&gt;
Zlib is a php compression setting made in a websites PHP configuration - unfortunately some browsers don&#039;t handle this well (especially Internet Explorer 6) Some webhosts enable this setting, but it will likely cause issues for your users when they attempt to view/use the SCORM object. You will need to contact your server administrator to turn this off. The setting to change in php configuration is &amp;quot;zlib.output_compression&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incorrect file package - missing imsmanifest.xml or AICC structure===&lt;br /&gt;
This means that Moodle cannot find a file called imsmanifest.xml inside the SCORM object. Reasons for this could be:&lt;br /&gt;
* imsmanifest.xml needs to be immediately inside the scorm directory, NOT inside a directory inside of that. So if the zipped scorm package is package.zip, the unzipped package directory should contain immediately inside of it the imsmanifest.xml. This is a common mistake and normally occurs when a SCORM author creates a package themselves and then selects that folder to compress. This places the content folder inside of another folder, The imsmanifest.xml is there, but it is 2 directories deep. To avoid this problem when zipping scorm content into a package, go INSIDE of the exported scorm folder, select all files inside, and compress them while all are selected. The resultant compressed directory has the imsmanifest.xml file in the first directory, immediately available to the moodle scorm loading process. &lt;br /&gt;
* when using linux based systems the filename imsmanifest.xml must be all in lowercase not IMSmanifest.xml or Imsmanifest.XML&lt;br /&gt;
* The SCORM authoring tool Articulate sometimes fails to create the imsmanifest.xml -Try exporting the package again and see if the manifest is generated.&lt;br /&gt;
* The SCORM authoring tool Articulate Presenter will publish packages where the imsmanifest.xml file is in the correct place, but there are several lines of white space in the manifest file if you do not fill out the Reporting and Tracking Options in Articulate Presenter for Keywords and LMS Description. Moodle will give a &amp;quot;Manifest not found&amp;quot; error when encountering this. To fix this problem select the Reporting and Tracking Options in the Articulate Presenter publish dialog and fill in the LMS Description and Keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File not found error===&lt;br /&gt;
You have this error if the scorm package is created in moodle, and the scorm menu loads, but inside of the viewing area for the scorm content, you get a page with a 404 file not found error, usually showing the current Moodle theme. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means is that one of the files listed in the imsmanifest.xml is not in the scorm package or not in the correct directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and unzip the package, open up imsmanifest.xml. At the bottom of the xml file, below any metadata, you&#039;ll find a place where organizations and resources for those organizations are designated: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code xml&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;organizations default=&amp;quot;TOC1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;organization identifier=&amp;quot;TOC1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;SCORM Test&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;item identifier=&amp;quot;I_SCO0&amp;quot; identifierref=&amp;quot;SCO0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;Library Quiz&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;adlcp:masteryscore&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/adlcp:masteryscore&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/item&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/organization&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/organizations&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;resources&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;resource identifier=&amp;quot;SCO0&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;webcontent&amp;quot; adlcp:scormtype=&amp;quot;sco&amp;quot; href=&amp;quot;scorm.html&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.html&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;dependency identifierref=&amp;quot;ALLRESOURCES&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/resource&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;resource identifier=&amp;quot;ALLRESOURCES&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;webcontent&amp;quot; adlcp:scormtype=&amp;quot;asset&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.html&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.js&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;swfobject.js&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.swf&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scormwrapper.js&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/resource&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/manifest&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this xml, we have a single organization, and in that organization is a single resource, a single sco. There are 5 files necessary for that resource to work correctly. The scorm.html file is loaded first. It loads 3 external js files and a swf. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you need to do now is go to the directory containing imsmanifest.xml, and check that all of those listed files are available at the correct path from imsmanfiest.xml, as listed in imsmanifest.xml. If any one of those files is missing (especially the html file or the swf), or if the paths in imsmanifest.xml are incorrect, then it&#039;s very likely that the scorm object won&#039;t be able to load at all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the files aren&#039;t missing, but are simply misnamed in the manifest, or placed in the wrong directory. You can fix this by moving the files to the correct places, or updating their names so that the imsmanifest and the actual file names match up. In the case of a misnamed file, change the manifest rather than the actual file names, since the the files also reference one another in other places!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unzip issues===&lt;br /&gt;
If you get a blank page after filling in the title, description, and selecting a large SCORM file, it&#039;s likely you haven&#039;t installed the PHP-zip lib which is required for Moodle 2.x for more info see [[admin/environment/php_extension/zip]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clear an Attempt===&lt;br /&gt;
To clear attempts by a student:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the SCORM activity and select the link &amp;quot;View reports for x users&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the attempt or attempts you want to clear using the checkbox&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Delete in the drop-down box at the bottom of the page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Handling of Multiple Attempts===&lt;br /&gt;
SCORM is designed to allow a learner to exit and return at a later date to the same point they left from. This means that each time they enter the SCORM they are using the same single attempt. Some SCORM packages are intelligent about handling re-entry, many are not. What this means is that if the learner re-enters an existing attempt, if the SCORM content does not have internal logic to avoid overwriting cmi.core.lesson_status and cmi.core.score.raw, they can be overwritten by a lower score, confusing the learner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a SCORM sets the cmi.core.lesson_status value to &#039;completed&#039;, &#039;passed&#039; or &#039;failed&#039; then Moodle allows the user to create a new attempt by adding a &#039;&#039;&#039;Start new attempt&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox to the entry page. If cmi.core.lesson_status is set to &#039;incomplete&#039;, &#039;browsed&#039; or &#039;notattempted&#039; the learner can only re-enter the existing attempt. If you are using the setting &#039;Student skip content structure page&#039;, this checkbox will never be shown to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle provides a range of settings to allow this to be controlled, some of these settings are hidden by default as advanced options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Number of attempts&lt;br /&gt;
:This allows the teacher to set how many SCORM attempts the learner may create - this is not how many times a learner can re-enter a SCORM attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempts grading&lt;br /&gt;
:This allows the teacher to set how multiple SCORM attempts(not re-entries) are graded. It is important to note that a &#039;failed&#039; cmi.core_lesson_status allows a new attempt to be generated but the attempts grading setting &amp;quot;last completed attempt&amp;quot; only includes &#039;completed&#039; and &#039;passed&#039; values in it&#039;s calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display attempt status&lt;br /&gt;
:This displays a users SCORM attempts and how their final grade is calculated on the SCORM entry page and the My Moodle page for the learner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Force completed&lt;br /&gt;
:This is a setting that can be used to force a SCORM package to report a &#039;completed&#039; cmi.core.lesson_status if it doesn&#039;t currently set the value.&lt;br /&gt;
* Force new attempt&lt;br /&gt;
:This hides the &#039;&#039;&#039;Start new attempt&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox and will force a new attempt if the previous attempt has cmi.core.lesson_status value to &#039;completed&#039;, &#039;passed&#039; or &#039;failed&#039; - this setting can also be used to make sure a new attempt is generated when the &#039;Student skip content structure page&#039; setting is used.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lock after final attempt&lt;br /&gt;
:This prevents access to the SCORM after the total number of attempts have been used - if this is not set the learner can re-enter their last attempt and potentially change/overwrite their score each time depending on how the SCORM package supports multiple re-entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reducing Load Time with Captivate===&lt;br /&gt;
* Modify the percent that must be downloaded before the content starts to play. In Captivate 4, there&#039;s a setting in: Preferences / Project / Start and End / Preload. Reduce that to 50%.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you use audio in your Cp file (as background or element attachment), try to put a gap of 0,1 second at the beginning of each element including audio on your slides. If you don&#039;t do that, Cp merge all the audio files in one big audio file it need to download before playing the project. This problem have been report many times from the Cp community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moodle changes cmi.core.lesson_status from &amp;quot;completed&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;passed&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;failed&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
Many SCORM authorware suites generate a masteryscore node in the imsmanifest.xml by default. This node is not necessary to the XML file. But when it is there, the SCORM standard designates specific behaviour with regard to the value set there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can also be controlled in Moodle using the setting &amp;quot;Mastery score overrides status&amp;quot; If this setting is enabled and a mastery score is provided within your package, when LMSFinish is called and a raw score has been set, if the raw score is lower than the mastery score, the lesson status will be overridden and set to &amp;quot;failed&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s what is in the scorm standard, on page 35 of 155 in SCORM_1.2_ConformanceReq.pdf, numbered page 2-19 ([http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/SCORMSDocuments/Forms/AllItems.aspx?RootFolder=%2fTechnologies%2fscorm%2fSCORMSDocuments%2fPrevious%20Versions%2fSCORM%201%2e2%2fDocumentation%20Suite%20%28SCORM%201%2e2%29&amp;amp;FolderCTID=0x0120007F801FCD5325044C89D91240519482D7&amp;amp;View=%7b4D6DFFDE%2d3CFC%2d4DD9%2dA21A%2d4B687728824A%7d SCORM Version 1.2 Conformance Requirements Version 1.2]):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the value for this element is not set to “incomplete” by the SCO, then the LMS shall re-evaluate and change the value based on the following:&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;If there is no mastery score in the Manifest, and the SCO sets a score (cmi.core.score.raw) and the lesson_status (cmi.core.lesson_status) then the LMS shall not override the SCO determined status.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;If there is a mastery score in the Manifest, the LMS can change the status to either passed or failed depending on the student&#039;s score (cmi.core.score.raw) compared to the mastery score.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;If the student is taking the SCO for no-credit, (cmi.core.credit = “no-credit”) there is no change to the lesson_status, with one exception. If the lesson_mode (cmi.core.lesson_mode) is &amp;quot;browse&amp;quot;, the lesson_status may change to &amp;quot;browsed&amp;quot; even if the cmi.core.credit is set to no-credit.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can result in some functionality you don&#039;t intend. You can fix the problem by removing the mastery score node from your imsmanifest.xml file or by adjusting the Moodle setting &amp;quot;Mastery score overrides status&amp;quot;. You may also want to find out what options you have, within your authorware suite, for the writing of that node into the manifest file, and change your authoring process accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rustici SCORM Cloud default operating behaviour for masteryscore is different from Moodle&#039;s default operating behaviour - you can see a little bit of the history around the way Rustici handle this here: http://scorm.com/blog/2010/09/anatomy-of-scorm-minutiae-mistake/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Player Look &#039;n Feel===&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to adjust height and width settings for the SCORM player window &#039;&#039;&#039;so long as&#039;&#039;&#039; your theme is based on/not too much of an aberration from one of the standard themes which ship with Moodle 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your site or course theme isn&#039;t closely based on one of the standard M2 themes, then it&#039;s possible that your theme CSS is overriding local height and width settings for the SCORM player. Have a Web developer (or a Moodle Partner) examine how your theme is interacting with the player layout, and make changes to your theme as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Why can&#039;t I just change it locally?&#039;&#039;&#039; You can change height and width per individual SCORM package, and you can set defaults for these local height and width values ( [[SCORM Admin Options]] ). Other things, such as colors, shading, borders, backgrounds, are controlled by CSS, just like everything else on the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Courselab 2.4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive a &amp;quot; found more than one record!&amp;quot; error when trying to run your SCORM 1.2 package check the imsmanifest.xml file of your SCORM package and ensure that the values for &amp;lt;organization identifier&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;item identifier&amp;gt; are unique. To change the &amp;lt;organization identifier&amp;gt;, in Courselab, go to File &amp;gt; Course Runtime Settings. The dialog says &#039;Course identification in LMS&#039; but changing the Identifier field is what sets the &amp;lt;organization identifier&amp;gt;.  (see MDL-38060 for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SCORM results deleted after package update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When uploading a SCORM package over a previous one, if the item identifier in the manifest file is different to the one being overwritten then the tracking data for that SCORM package in Moodle is deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure the item identifier is the same for the new SCORM resource&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problems with responsiveness===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes SCORMs fail on responsiveness or the ability to scroll on mobile devices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle uses iFrames for deploying SCORM.  https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=180#p863  &lt;br /&gt;
*There can be some problems with this as they are not responsive in iOS https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=1446#p6687&lt;br /&gt;
*There are some potential work arounds.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Totara has a new window.  #https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=851#p3968&lt;br /&gt;
#This comment https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=787#p3661&lt;br /&gt;
#Solutions for Adapt: https://github.com/adaptlearning/adapt_framework/issues/210&lt;br /&gt;
*The tracker: &lt;br /&gt;
#https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-47500 problems with pages.&lt;br /&gt;
#https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-46563&lt;br /&gt;
#https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-50401&lt;br /&gt;
*Why iFrames fail with iOS, one person&#039;s view: https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=926#p4714&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This seems to be a problem that lies between the browsers (eg faults in iOS) the creation of the SCORM package and the LMS (in this case the iFrames in Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=1951 SCORM forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://danmarsden.com/blog/2012/08/08/scorm-doesnt-work-in-moodle SCORM doesn&#039;t work] blog post from developer Dan Marsden&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://danmarsden.com/blog/2009/05/23/scorm-2004-in-moodle/ SCORM 2004 in Moodle] blog post from developer Dan Marsden&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=276324 Identifiers to change with updated SCORM module]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/dev/SCORM_schema Internal SCORM Schema]&lt;br /&gt;
* The official standard: [http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/default.aspx Advanced Distributed Learning - SCORM]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Online resources&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.scormcourse.com/ SCORMCourse.com] serves the SCORM and ADL community as an educational resource for SCORM technology.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.eduworks.com/index.php/Publications/Learning-Object-Tutorial.html Learning Object Tutorial]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elearningweekly.wordpress.com/2007/04/12/tutorial-build-scorm-compatible-lesson-templates-for-your-lms/ Tutorial: Build SCORM-Compatible Lesson Templates for Your LMS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Moodle forum discussions:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=3757 Simple introduction to SCORM] &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=57059 Are there any sugestions for scorm authoring with Microsoft word / or any other easy (maybe free) scorm authoring tool?]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=95946 Is SCORM worth it?]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=207964 Updating an Object]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Lernpaket FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_FAQ&amp;diff=125197</id>
		<title>SCORM FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_FAQ&amp;diff=125197"/>
		<updated>2016-09-06T01:52:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Adding in comment on iFrames&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{SCORM}}&lt;br /&gt;
==What is SCORM?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SCORM was developed as a result of collaboration in the public and private sectors. The President of the United States, Bill Clinton issued an Executive Order that created an agency (ADL) to oversee the standard for developing and distributing online learning.  All Federal agencies are mandated to use programs that meet those standards.  SCORM is one result of that order.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s a really simple &amp;quot;What is SCORM&amp;quot; introduction here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=3757#p18828&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A slightly more detailed introduction here: http://www.rusticisoftware.com/resources/whatisscorm/What%20Is%20SCORM.ht&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I make my Moodle courses as SCORM or use Moodle&#039;s features?==&lt;br /&gt;
It depends how you intend to use it. If you are planning on exporting and using in another LMS then SCORM would make this easier. If you want something shiny, then a SCORM package can fit the bill. However, reporting and grading work better in Moodle and for many educators the standard features do the job perfectly and do not require learning a new program. There is a useful form post discussing the pros and cons of SCORM in Moodle here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=200242&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced Distributed Learning (ADL) is the organization that wrote the SCORM standard. You can download documentation and samples form ADL&#039;s Web site. Documentation for SCORM 1.2 in several languages is available  [http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/SCORMSDocuments/Forms/AllItems.aspx?RootFolder=%2fTechnologies%2fscorm%2fSCORMSDocuments%2fPrevious%20Versions%2fSCORM%201.2%2fDocumentation%20Suite%20(SCORM%201.2)&amp;amp;FolderCTID=0x0120007F801FCD5325044C89D91240519482D7&amp;amp;View={4D6DFFDE-3CFC-4DD9-A21A-4B687728824A} here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Philip Hutchison provides an AS3 and JavaScript wrapper, as well as a sample package: &lt;br /&gt;
http://pipwerks.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM Package Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A SCORM package must contains in the root of zip a file named imsmanifest.xml which defines SCORM course structure, resource location and many other things. Other files used in the package, such as HTML files, XML files, multimedia files, and JavaScript for the SCORM API must be listed in this file. The LMS parses the manifest, and provides the files listed there to the content package during runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AICC Package Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An AICC package is defined by several files (from 4 to 7) with defined extensions as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CRS - Course Description file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* AU - Assignable Unit file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* DES - Descriptor file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* CST - Course Structure file (mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
* ORE - Objective Relationship file (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
* PRE - Prerequisites file (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
* CMP - Completition Requirements file (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you are running Moodle 2.1 or higher, a large number of SCORM related bugs are present in previous versions.&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you (and your users) have JavaScript enabled. SCORM requires JavaScript.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your SCORM object is SCORM compliant - check it in an external SCORM player like [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Tools_for_creating_SCORM_content#Reload Reload] to see if it works there.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload a copy of your SCORM object to a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File_hosting_service File Hosting Service] and post a message asking for help in the forums, linking to your SCORM object explaining exactly what you expect to happen, and what is happening instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read Dan Marsden&#039;s blog post [http://danmarsden.com/blog/2012/08/08/scorm-doesnt-work-in-moodle here] (Maintainer of SCORM Module in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Does Moodle Generate SCORM Content?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle &#039;&#039;&#039;does not&#039;&#039;&#039; generate scorm content. Moodle presents the content in SCORM packages to learners, and saves data from learner interactions with the SCORM package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I add a password for access to my SCORM package?==&lt;br /&gt;
No, although there is a tracker request for this: MDL-46403 As a workaround you could add your SCORM package using the single activity course format - see [[Course formats]] - and add an enrolment key to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supported Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SCORM 1.2 is supported in Moodle 2.1(or higher) and passes all the tests in the ADL Conformance test suite 1.2.7 for SCORM 1.2. The best place for information on SCORM 1.2 conformance is the [http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/SCORMSDocuments/Previous%20Versions/SCORM%201.2/Conformance%20Test%20Suite%20(SCORM%201.2)/SCORM_1.2_ConformanceReq.pdf SCORM Comformance Requirements documentation (PDF 3.4MB)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SCORM 2004 is not supported in Moodle. Parts of the API have been implemented, but others such as Navigation and Sequencing have not. Development on native SCORM 2004 support in Moodle [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=227906 has stopped]. If you require a fully certified SCORM 2004 Player in Moodle, [http://www.scorm.com Rustici Software] have a [http://support.scorm.com/entries/20394726-scorm-cloud-moodle-module Moodle plugin] which connects to their commercial [http://www.scorm.com/scorm-solved/scorm-cloud/ SCORM Cloud] service turning Moodle into a fully compliant SCORM 2004 LMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* AICC objects are supported in Moodle 2.1 and higher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle does not support Tin Can at this stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asking for Help in the SCORM Forum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When trying to engage the community to help with a problem you are facing, you will get a better response if you follow a few simple guidelines:&lt;br /&gt;
* Always start your report with &#039;&#039;&#039;version information&#039;&#039;&#039; - preferably the information displayed on the Admin -&amp;gt; Environment panel eg. http://localhost/moodle/admin/environment.php where http://localhost/moodle is your particular prefix.  With this it will be clear how you are running your Moodle instance, on what platform, and at which version.  This will quickly expose issues where a simple upgrade will solve your problem.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be prepared to &#039;&#039;&#039;provide the SCORM package&#039;&#039;&#039; that illustrates your problem - if you don&#039;t then it will be very difficult for anyone offering assistance to recreate your situation - a real barrier to help.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Screenshots&#039;&#039;&#039; are very helpful. Provide a screenshot of all error messages, and any instance where something seems to go wrong in the interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nonstandard themes can introduce SCORM issues. Be sure to tell us &#039;&#039;&#039;what theme you&#039;re using&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have admin privileges, and have access to a localhost install or other place where real-time users won&#039;t be disturbed, be sure to turn on debugging. Navigate to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Development &amp;gt; Debugging&#039;&#039;&#039; and set &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug messages: Developer&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Display debug messages: Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Access the SCORM content. If there are errors printed to the page, include them in your forum post. &lt;br /&gt;
* Use [https://developers.google.com/chrome-developer-tools/docs/console Chrome&#039;s JavaScript Console] or [https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Tools/Web_Console Firebug&#039;s JavaScript console] to check that there are no JavaScript errors on the page when the content loads. &lt;br /&gt;
* Run your problematic SCORM package through &#039;&#039;&#039;API debugging&#039;&#039;&#039; (see below) and include the text of that API log with your post. That way we can see right away if the right function calls are not taking place.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you&#039;re using a content development suite which publishes to SCORM, such as Articulate, Captivate, Lectora, LessonBuilder, Udutu, or some other product, then include that in your post. Every authoring software has its ticks, and if you&#039;ve run into one, it&#039;s likely that someone else has also dealt with it, and will recognize it. However, please keep in mind that &#039;&#039;&#039;this is a place to get help with Moodle issues, not help with your SCORM package authoring suite&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Debugging settings are located at Settings &amp;gt; Site Administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Activities &amp;gt; Scorm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the checkbox for &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate API debug...&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the api mask. You can use the mask to enable debugging under certain conditions. For example, if you are logged in using the admin user (username admin) you can set the api mask to: &amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;admin.*&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;  Users not logged in as admin will not see the debugging log. The &amp;quot;Default&amp;quot; api mask is &amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;.*&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What does the debugging log mean?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SCO commonly sends the following communications through the API:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSInitialize();&#039;&#039;&#039; opens the connection between the SCO and Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSGetValue( &#039;valuename&#039; );&#039;&#039;&#039; gets a value from Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSSetValue( &#039;valuename&#039; , &#039;value&#039; );&#039;&#039;&#039; sends a value to Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSCommit();&#039;&#039;&#039; saves values sent to Moodle via LMSSetValue() and should be called after every LMSSetValue()&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;LMSFinish()&#039;&#039;&#039; saves values sent to Moodle and closes the connection between the SCO And Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red lines in the debugging log means there was an error in the communication through the API. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If LMSInitialize() fails, returns an error, then no subsequent values sent to Moodle will be saved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click through the entire SCORM package. Then access the scorm report for your attempt, and compare the saved values in the debugging log with Moodle&#039;s report of the attempt. If the values set in the debug log do not match the values saved to Moodle, then there may be a problem with Moodle. Otherwise it&#039;s likely to be an issue with the SCO or the SCORM activity settings not giving you the functionality you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM and the Gradebook==&lt;br /&gt;
Please see [https://docs.moodle.org/en/SCORM_FAQ#My_SCORM_Module_doesn.27t_function_properly FAQ:My SCORM Module doesn&#039;t function properly] and  [https://docs.moodle.org/en/SCORM_FAQ#Handling_of_Multiple_Attempts FAQ:Handling of Multiple Attempts]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some SCORM packages report both cmi.core.lesson_status and cmi.core.score.raw. Others report only cmi.core.lesson_status, or only cmi.core.score.raw. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; setting for SCORM objects is meant to account for that.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Highest grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Average grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;Sum grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, and your learning object does not report a score, only, cmi.core.lesson_status, then there will be no numerical score to pass to the gradebook. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your SCOs do not report cmi.core.score.raw, then the best &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;Learning Objects&#039;&#039;&#039;. This reports either a 1 or a 0 as a score for each learning object. The gradebook value for that SCORM activity is the percent of scos in the package for which learners got a 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, if your SCOs do not report a lesson_status, then select one of the score-based &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading Method&#039;&#039;&#039; options, such as &#039;&#039;&#039;Highest grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Average grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;Sum grade&#039;&#039;&#039;, and not &#039;&#039;&#039;Learning Objects&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not know what your SCOs are reporting to the LMS, then run them through to completion with debugging on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the way SCORM objects are graded is controlled inside the SCORM Authoring process before it is packaged for use in an LMS like Moodle - make sure all your grading settings are set correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCORM Administration Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[SCORM settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common Solutions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difficulty Displaying a SCORM Package===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have difficulty displaying a SCORM, try loading the SCORM in [http://www.reload.ac.uk Reload] and re-saving it, then save the folder as a .zip package and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Character Display Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
When you notice there is a problem displaying characters correctly, it could be a misconfiguration of your server. Make sure that both httpd.conf (when using Apache) and php.ini are set to DefaultCharacterset = utf8 or switch the sending of a default character set off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===slash arguments warning when I add/update SCORM objects in my course===&lt;br /&gt;
Some web servers don&#039;t support a function called &#039;&#039;&#039;slash arguments&#039;&#039;&#039; and so Moodle allows you to turn it off, but SCORM packages require &#039;&#039;&#039;slash arguments&#039;&#039;&#039; to be enabled on the web server in order to work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Using slash arguments]] for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SCORM doesn&#039;t work on Godaddy Host===&lt;br /&gt;
Godaddy hosts give a 404 file not found error - this is because by default they do not allow slash arguments which SCORM requires. The best way to test this is to visit http://yourmoodlesite/admin/tool/health/index.php - but the fix involves adding a php.ini or php5.ini file with the following text:&lt;br /&gt;
 AcceptPathInfo&lt;br /&gt;
 cgi.fix_pathinfo=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Flash-Based Content Loads, then Stalls===&lt;br /&gt;
This issue is most commonly associated with zlib compression. Classic presentation is that the base HTML file and SWF are loaded into the SCORM player, but the SWF is not able to load any audio or video assets, and therefore stalls. You can watch the loading of SWFs and assets using Chrome&#039;s Developer Tools or other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check your site&#039;s zlib compression settings as an admin by loading up the Server &amp;gt; phpinfo page. zlib compression is not a Moodle setting but a server setting, so you&#039;ll need a server admin to disable it. Be sure to Purge All Caches, and clear browser caches, before confirming the change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zlib warning when I add/update SCORM objects in my course===&lt;br /&gt;
Zlib is a php compression setting made in a websites PHP configuration - unfortunately some browsers don&#039;t handle this well (especially Internet Explorer 6) Some webhosts enable this setting, but it will likely cause issues for your users when they attempt to view/use the SCORM object. You will need to contact your server administrator to turn this off. The setting to change in php configuration is &amp;quot;zlib.output_compression&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incorrect file package - missing imsmanifest.xml or AICC structure===&lt;br /&gt;
This means that Moodle cannot find a file called imsmanifest.xml inside the SCORM object. Reasons for this could be:&lt;br /&gt;
* imsmanifest.xml needs to be immediately inside the scorm directory, NOT inside a directory inside of that. So if the zipped scorm package is package.zip, the unzipped package directory should contain immediately inside of it the imsmanifest.xml. This is a common mistake and normally occurs when a SCORM author creates a package themselves and then selects that folder to compress. This places the content folder inside of another folder, The imsmanifest.xml is there, but it is 2 directories deep. To avoid this problem when zipping scorm content into a package, go INSIDE of the exported scorm folder, select all files inside, and compress them while all are selected. The resultant compressed directory has the imsmanifest.xml file in the first directory, immediately available to the moodle scorm loading process. &lt;br /&gt;
* when using linux based systems the filename imsmanifest.xml must be all in lowercase not IMSmanifest.xml or Imsmanifest.XML&lt;br /&gt;
* The SCORM authoring tool Articulate sometimes fails to create the imsmanifest.xml -Try exporting the package again and see if the manifest is generated.&lt;br /&gt;
* The SCORM authoring tool Articulate Presenter will publish packages where the imsmanifest.xml file is in the correct place, but there are several lines of white space in the manifest file if you do not fill out the Reporting and Tracking Options in Articulate Presenter for Keywords and LMS Description. Moodle will give a &amp;quot;Manifest not found&amp;quot; error when encountering this. To fix this problem select the Reporting and Tracking Options in the Articulate Presenter publish dialog and fill in the LMS Description and Keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File not found error===&lt;br /&gt;
You have this error if the scorm package is created in moodle, and the scorm menu loads, but inside of the viewing area for the scorm content, you get a page with a 404 file not found error, usually showing the current Moodle theme. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means is that one of the files listed in the imsmanifest.xml is not in the scorm package or not in the correct directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and unzip the package, open up imsmanifest.xml. At the bottom of the xml file, below any metadata, you&#039;ll find a place where organizations and resources for those organizations are designated: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code xml&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;organizations default=&amp;quot;TOC1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;organization identifier=&amp;quot;TOC1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;SCORM Test&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;item identifier=&amp;quot;I_SCO0&amp;quot; identifierref=&amp;quot;SCO0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;Library Quiz&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;adlcp:masteryscore&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/adlcp:masteryscore&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/item&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/organization&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/organizations&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;resources&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;resource identifier=&amp;quot;SCO0&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;webcontent&amp;quot; adlcp:scormtype=&amp;quot;sco&amp;quot; href=&amp;quot;scorm.html&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.html&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;dependency identifierref=&amp;quot;ALLRESOURCES&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/resource&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;resource identifier=&amp;quot;ALLRESOURCES&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;webcontent&amp;quot; adlcp:scormtype=&amp;quot;asset&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.html&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.js&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;swfobject.js&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scorm.swf&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;file href=&amp;quot;scormwrapper.js&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/resource&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/manifest&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this xml, we have a single organization, and in that organization is a single resource, a single sco. There are 5 files necessary for that resource to work correctly. The scorm.html file is loaded first. It loads 3 external js files and a swf. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you need to do now is go to the directory containing imsmanifest.xml, and check that all of those listed files are available at the correct path from imsmanfiest.xml, as listed in imsmanifest.xml. If any one of those files is missing (especially the html file or the swf), or if the paths in imsmanifest.xml are incorrect, then it&#039;s very likely that the scorm object won&#039;t be able to load at all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the files aren&#039;t missing, but are simply misnamed in the manifest, or placed in the wrong directory. You can fix this by moving the files to the correct places, or updating their names so that the imsmanifest and the actual file names match up. In the case of a misnamed file, change the manifest rather than the actual file names, since the the files also reference one another in other places!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unzip issues===&lt;br /&gt;
If you get a blank page after filling in the title, description, and selecting a large SCORM file, it&#039;s likely you haven&#039;t installed the PHP-zip lib which is required for Moodle 2.x for more info see [[admin/environment/php_extension/zip]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clear an Attempt===&lt;br /&gt;
To clear attempts by a student:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the SCORM activity and select the link &amp;quot;View reports for x users&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the attempt or attempts you want to clear using the checkbox&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Delete in the drop-down box at the bottom of the page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Handling of Multiple Attempts===&lt;br /&gt;
SCORM is designed to allow a learner to exit and return at a later date to the same point they left from. This means that each time they enter the SCORM they are using the same single attempt. Some SCORM packages are intelligent about handling re-entry, many are not. What this means is that if the learner re-enters an existing attempt, if the SCORM content does not have internal logic to avoid overwriting cmi.core.lesson_status and cmi.core.score.raw, they can be overwritten by a lower score, confusing the learner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a SCORM sets the cmi.core.lesson_status value to &#039;completed&#039;, &#039;passed&#039; or &#039;failed&#039; then Moodle allows the user to create a new attempt by adding a &#039;&#039;&#039;Start new attempt&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox to the entry page. If cmi.core.lesson_status is set to &#039;incomplete&#039;, &#039;browsed&#039; or &#039;notattempted&#039; the learner can only re-enter the existing attempt. If you are using the setting &#039;Student skip content structure page&#039;, this checkbox will never be shown to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle provides a range of settings to allow this to be controlled, some of these settings are hidden by default as advanced options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Number of attempts&lt;br /&gt;
:This allows the teacher to set how many SCORM attempts the learner may create - this is not how many times a learner can re-enter a SCORM attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempts grading&lt;br /&gt;
:This allows the teacher to set how multiple SCORM attempts(not re-entries) are graded. It is important to note that a &#039;failed&#039; cmi.core_lesson_status allows a new attempt to be generated but the attempts grading setting &amp;quot;last completed attempt&amp;quot; only includes &#039;completed&#039; and &#039;passed&#039; values in it&#039;s calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display attempt status&lt;br /&gt;
:This displays a users SCORM attempts and how their final grade is calculated on the SCORM entry page and the My Moodle page for the learner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Force completed&lt;br /&gt;
:This is a setting that can be used to force a SCORM package to report a &#039;completed&#039; cmi.core.lesson_status if it doesn&#039;t currently set the value.&lt;br /&gt;
* Force new attempt&lt;br /&gt;
:This hides the &#039;&#039;&#039;Start new attempt&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox and will force a new attempt if the previous attempt has cmi.core.lesson_status value to &#039;completed&#039;, &#039;passed&#039; or &#039;failed&#039; - this setting can also be used to make sure a new attempt is generated when the &#039;Student skip content structure page&#039; setting is used.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lock after final attempt&lt;br /&gt;
:This prevents access to the SCORM after the total number of attempts have been used - if this is not set the learner can re-enter their last attempt and potentially change/overwrite their score each time depending on how the SCORM package supports multiple re-entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reducing Load Time with Captivate===&lt;br /&gt;
* Modify the percent that must be downloaded before the content starts to play. In Captivate 4, there&#039;s a setting in: Preferences / Project / Start and End / Preload. Reduce that to 50%.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you use audio in your Cp file (as background or element attachment), try to put a gap of 0,1 second at the beginning of each element including audio on your slides. If you don&#039;t do that, Cp merge all the audio files in one big audio file it need to download before playing the project. This problem have been report many times from the Cp community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moodle changes cmi.core.lesson_status from &amp;quot;completed&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;passed&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;failed&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
Many SCORM authorware suites generate a masteryscore node in the imsmanifest.xml by default. This node is not necessary to the XML file. But when it is there, the SCORM standard designates specific behaviour with regard to the value set there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can also be controlled in Moodle using the setting &amp;quot;Mastery score overrides status&amp;quot; If this setting is enabled and a mastery score is provided within your package, when LMSFinish is called and a raw score has been set, if the raw score is lower than the mastery score, the lesson status will be overridden and set to &amp;quot;failed&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s what is in the scorm standard, on page 35 of 155 in SCORM_1.2_ConformanceReq.pdf, numbered page 2-19 ([http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/SCORMSDocuments/Forms/AllItems.aspx?RootFolder=%2fTechnologies%2fscorm%2fSCORMSDocuments%2fPrevious%20Versions%2fSCORM%201%2e2%2fDocumentation%20Suite%20%28SCORM%201%2e2%29&amp;amp;FolderCTID=0x0120007F801FCD5325044C89D91240519482D7&amp;amp;View=%7b4D6DFFDE%2d3CFC%2d4DD9%2dA21A%2d4B687728824A%7d SCORM Version 1.2 Conformance Requirements Version 1.2]):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the value for this element is not set to “incomplete” by the SCO, then the LMS shall re-evaluate and change the value based on the following:&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;If there is no mastery score in the Manifest, and the SCO sets a score (cmi.core.score.raw) and the lesson_status (cmi.core.lesson_status) then the LMS shall not override the SCO determined status.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;If there is a mastery score in the Manifest, the LMS can change the status to either passed or failed depending on the student&#039;s score (cmi.core.score.raw) compared to the mastery score.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;If the student is taking the SCO for no-credit, (cmi.core.credit = “no-credit”) there is no change to the lesson_status, with one exception. If the lesson_mode (cmi.core.lesson_mode) is &amp;quot;browse&amp;quot;, the lesson_status may change to &amp;quot;browsed&amp;quot; even if the cmi.core.credit is set to no-credit.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can result in some functionality you don&#039;t intend. You can fix the problem by removing the mastery score node from your imsmanifest.xml file or by adjusting the Moodle setting &amp;quot;Mastery score overrides status&amp;quot;. You may also want to find out what options you have, within your authorware suite, for the writing of that node into the manifest file, and change your authoring process accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rustici SCORM Cloud default operating behaviour for masteryscore is different from Moodle&#039;s default operating behaviour - you can see a little bit of the history around the way Rustici handle this here: http://scorm.com/blog/2010/09/anatomy-of-scorm-minutiae-mistake/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Player Look &#039;n Feel===&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to adjust height and width settings for the SCORM player window &#039;&#039;&#039;so long as&#039;&#039;&#039; your theme is based on/not too much of an aberration from one of the standard themes which ship with Moodle 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your site or course theme isn&#039;t closely based on one of the standard M2 themes, then it&#039;s possible that your theme CSS is overriding local height and width settings for the SCORM player. Have a Web developer (or a Moodle Partner) examine how your theme is interacting with the player layout, and make changes to your theme as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Why can&#039;t I just change it locally?&#039;&#039;&#039; You can change height and width per individual SCORM package, and you can set defaults for these local height and width values ( [[SCORM Admin Options]] ). Other things, such as colors, shading, borders, backgrounds, are controlled by CSS, just like everything else on the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Courselab 2.4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive a &amp;quot; found more than one record!&amp;quot; error when trying to run your SCORM 1.2 package check the imsmanifest.xml file of your SCORM package and ensure that the values for &amp;lt;organization identifier&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;item identifier&amp;gt; are unique. To change the &amp;lt;organization identifier&amp;gt;, in Courselab, go to File &amp;gt; Course Runtime Settings. The dialog says &#039;Course identification in LMS&#039; but changing the Identifier field is what sets the &amp;lt;organization identifier&amp;gt;.  (see MDL-38060 for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SCORM results deleted after package update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When uploading a SCORM package over a previous one, if the item identifier in the manifest file is different to the one being overwritten then the tracking data for that SCORM package in Moodle is deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure the item identifier is the same for the new SCORM resource&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problems with responsiveness===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes SCORMs fail on responsiveness or the ability to scroll on mobile devices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle uses iFrames for deploying SCORM.  https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=180#p863  &lt;br /&gt;
*There can be some problems with this as they are not responsive in iOS https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=1446#p6687&lt;br /&gt;
*There are some potential work arounds.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Totara has a new window.  #https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=851#p3968&lt;br /&gt;
#This comment https://community.adaptlearning.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=787#p3661&lt;br /&gt;
#Solutions for Adapt: https://github.com/adaptlearning/adapt_framework/issues/210&lt;br /&gt;
*The tracker: &lt;br /&gt;
#https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-47500 problems with pages.&lt;br /&gt;
#https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-46563&lt;br /&gt;
#https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-50401&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This seems to be a problem that lies between the browsers (eg faults in iOS) the creation of the SCORM package and the LMS (in this case the iFrames in Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=1951 SCORM forum]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://danmarsden.com/blog/2012/08/08/scorm-doesnt-work-in-moodle SCORM doesn&#039;t work] blog post from developer Dan Marsden&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://danmarsden.com/blog/2009/05/23/scorm-2004-in-moodle/ SCORM 2004 in Moodle] blog post from developer Dan Marsden&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=276324 Identifiers to change with updated SCORM module]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/dev/SCORM_schema Internal SCORM Schema]&lt;br /&gt;
* The official standard: [http://www.adlnet.gov/Technologies/scorm/default.aspx Advanced Distributed Learning - SCORM]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Online resources&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.scormcourse.com/ SCORMCourse.com] serves the SCORM and ADL community as an educational resource for SCORM technology.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.eduworks.com/index.php/Publications/Learning-Object-Tutorial.html Learning Object Tutorial]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elearningweekly.wordpress.com/2007/04/12/tutorial-build-scorm-compatible-lesson-templates-for-your-lms/ Tutorial: Build SCORM-Compatible Lesson Templates for Your LMS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Moodle forum discussions:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=3757 Simple introduction to SCORM] &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=57059 Are there any sugestions for scorm authoring with Microsoft word / or any other easy (maybe free) scorm authoring tool?]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=95946 Is SCORM worth it?]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=207964 Updating an Object]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Lernpaket FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Multimedia_plugins_filter&amp;diff=119844</id>
		<title>Multimedia plugins filter</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Multimedia_plugins_filter&amp;diff=119844"/>
		<updated>2015-09-20T09:24:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Added more links&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Filters}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimedia plugins filter finds a link in text that points to a multimedia resource and replaces the link with an appropriate multimedia player code which can play the resource.  The actual player resides on each users&#039; computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a teacher may put a MP3 audio file as a resource in their course, or have a URL link to an external MP3 file.  When the MP3 audio plugin has been turned on, the student will be able to play them in Moodle using a media player on their computer.  See also [[Media embedding]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site administration settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A site administrator can enable the multimedia plugins filter in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Filters&#039;&#039; and can enable selected media players in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; Media embedding&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Prior to Moodle 2.3, settings for enabling selected media players could be found as multimedia plugins filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Required software on user&#039;s computer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Moodle prepares the media files to be played in the browser, the actual playback is handled by various types of browser plug-in software, primarily Adobe Flash, Quicktime, Windows Media Player and Real Player. If users do not have these installed they may be prompted to go and install them by their browser. These pieces of software are generally free, easily installed and widely used so this will only be an issue for small numbers of users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Multimedia plugins FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Video| Video]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Audio| Audio]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Moodle forum discussions:&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=98698 swf filter security]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=125619 How to upload a screen capture video to the Moodle?]&lt;br /&gt;
===Best Video Formats===&lt;br /&gt;
This could do with a little updating/editing.  (Feel free to edit)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=143478 Best video format]&lt;br /&gt;
*https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=306025&lt;br /&gt;
*https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=228303&lt;br /&gt;
*https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=185879&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Site administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Multimedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Multimedia-Plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Filtro_de_plugins_multimedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Extensions multimédia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Multimedia plugins (filtro)|Multimedia plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:マルチメディアプラグイン]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=119843</id>
		<title>Media FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=119843"/>
		<updated>2015-09-20T09:20:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Adding extra info&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Working with media}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I put my video into a label or a page?==&lt;br /&gt;
While the embedding process is the same, adding a video to a label will mean it displays as soon as the user clicks on that course page. This can be beneficial if the video is, for example, an introduction to the course or an integral part of the whole course. However, if there are several videos in labels, they can slow the loading of the course down, especially if the videos are coming from an external site. Adding a video to a page in Moodle means that the user has to click a text link to reach the video, but it doesn&#039;t clutter up the main course page and it is a better choice if the course contains a large number of videos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==My embedded video is too big/small. How can I change its display size?==&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the size of an embedded video depends on whether you&#039;re using Moodle&#039;s [[Multimedia plugins filter]] or if you&#039;re either embedding a video from another source using something like an iframe (for example, embedding a video from YouTube using the embed code they provide).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====If you&#039;re using Moodle&#039;s Mulimedia plugins filter:====&lt;br /&gt;
Your video will appear to you in the html editor as a hyperlink. Whether it&#039;s a video hosted elsewhere (ie Vimeo or Youtube) or a file you&#039;ve uploaded yourself, it will still appear as a hyperlink. After you&#039;ve saved this html, Moodle&#039;s Multimedia filter will turn that hyperlink into an embedded video. In order to change the video&#039;s size you need to:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the HTML Source Editor by clicking the HTML code icon:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Htmlcodeicon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the &amp;lt;a href...&amp;gt; code for the video you want to change. In the href=&amp;quot;LINK&amp;quot; section of your code, place your cursor right before the last quotation mark.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type &amp;quot;?d=100x200&amp;quot; where you&#039;re replacing &amp;quot;100&amp;quot; with your desired width and &amp;quot;200&amp;quot; with your desired height. For example, if you want a video that&#039;s 600 x 325, you would type ?d=600x325.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Resizevideo.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Your &amp;lt;a&amp;gt; tag should now look something like the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you&#039;re working with a file you&#039;ve uploaded yourself: &amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;https://yourschool.edu/draftfile.php?file=/135/user/draft/617331337/Module%.mp4?d=425x234&amp;quot;&amp;gt;. In this example, your uploaded video would be embedded at 425x234.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you&#039;re working with an externally hosted file: &amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TubRpuaNVT4d?600x135&amp;quot;&amp;gt;. In this example, the YouTube video would be embedded at 600x135.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;update&amp;quot; in the HTML source editor screen, and save your changes. &lt;br /&gt;
#Your video should now be the new size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====If you&#039;re using an embed code, such as an iframe, it&#039;s a little easier:====&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the HTML Source Editor, as above&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the &amp;lt;iframe&amp;gt; tag or equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
#Inside that iframe should be &amp;quot;width&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;height&amp;quot; variables, which you can adjust as needed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Youtuberesize.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;update&amp;quot; in the HTML source editor screen, and save your changes. &lt;br /&gt;
#Your video should now be the new size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why is the size and player for MP4 video clips hard coded?==&lt;br /&gt;
*Not sure.  If anyone from out there knows, so far they have not let on any reasons.  See MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
*The code: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=266340#p1152013&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The video is resized because the MP4 filter calls the Quicktime plugin with a predefined size of 400x315 px:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;object *** width=&amp;quot;400&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;315&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;param name=&amp;quot;pluginspage&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;http://www.apple.com/quicktime/download/&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;param name=&amp;quot;src&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;http://localhost/moodle25/pluginfile.php/100/mod_resource/content/0/video.mp4&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you rename the file to an FLV extension before uploading, then the video will be processed by Flowplayer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why won&#039;t my swf video play?==&lt;br /&gt;
The .swf format carries with it some security issues and so the filter that allows it to display is disabled by default. For you to be able to add .swf videos, your administrator needs to enable the filter in [[Multimedia_plugins|Multimedia plugins]], then to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Security&amp;gt;Site policies&#039;&#039; and check the &amp;quot;enable trusted content&amp;quot;  box. They then need to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Users&amp;gt;Permissions&amp;gt;Define roles&#039;&#039; and allow Trust Submitted content &#039;&#039;moodle/site:trustcontent&#039;&#039; for your role. However; swf will still not display in all areas of Moodle, for example forum posts. See this discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=183681#p800390| here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I convert my video file to an .FLV or other format?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are many sites online that allow you to upload a file which will then be converted and sent to you via a link or email. Zamzar [http://www.zamzar.com]or Youconvertit [http://www.youconvertit.com] are just two examples.&lt;br /&gt;
*However, if it is a large video file or you want to do the conversion off line, then the free Any Video Converter [http://www.any-video-converter.com/products/for_video_free/] (a downloadable program) will convert most video formats to most others.&lt;br /&gt;
*More and more full-featured MTS Video Converter [http://www.mtsconverterfree.com/]software free download a trial, to solve your problem more format conversions.&lt;br /&gt;
*The free and open source video player, VLC has the ability to convert to and from many video formats. For more details and downloads [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ visit their site].&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using Linux as your operating system either ffmpeg or avconv can both convert to FLV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have a .wma/wav file. How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are various free programs available that will convert one type of sound file to another. If you convert your file to an mp3 then you will be able to use Moodle&#039;s built-in mp3 player.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jodix Free WMA to MP3 converter [http://www.wma-mp3.org/] is just one example&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have an MP4 file.  How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player? (ie Flowplayer)==&lt;br /&gt;
This section is a little sparse, and if you can improve it, feel free.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that the media filter is hard coded to NOT use Flowplayer for MP4.  &lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=208849#p914927.  Renaming an MP4 to an FLV seems to create a file that will play in Flowplayer.&lt;br /&gt;
Also: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=271199&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Media_embedding&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion about [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=232296#p1048676 how to play mp4 videos in Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can vote for a change here: MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What&#039;s the best way to manage/deploy MP4 files in Moodle? ==&lt;br /&gt;
And why bother about this?  MP4 is probably the most common format, and it will play on both Flash enabled and disabled devices.  It&#039;s a common question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See above.  Until we find out more information, it&#039;s difficult to get MP4 files into Moodle simply AND playing nicely.  ie pick ONE.&lt;br /&gt;
#To play nicely: you need to do complex embedding etc.  So it&#039;s not simple.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get them in simply: you drag and drop.  But then they don&#039; t play nicely, unless you want a small ugly looking product.&lt;br /&gt;
===The Videofile plugin option===&lt;br /&gt;
One option is the [[Videofile]] plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
*Download: https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Videofile&lt;br /&gt;
*About: https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Videofile&lt;br /&gt;
===The Re-naming option===&lt;br /&gt;
ie Don&#039;t use MP4&#039;s but rename to FLV&lt;br /&gt;
===The Youtube (etc) repository option===&lt;br /&gt;
Upload your file to Youtube and link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
==Can you stop Flowplayer from preloading a video?==&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=184081&lt;br /&gt;
==Videos don&#039;t embed even though the filters are enabled==&lt;br /&gt;
You might need to change the order of your filters. See the forum discussion [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=278993#p1198335 I can&#039;t embed YouTube videos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Multimedia FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Medios FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_embedding&amp;diff=119842</id>
		<title>Media embedding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_embedding&amp;diff=119842"/>
		<updated>2015-09-20T09:13:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add note on Videoeasy&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Working with media}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Embedding audio and video==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mp3 player.png|thumb|MP3 player]]&lt;br /&gt;
Audio and video may be embedded in a course in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a [[File module settings|file resource]] &lt;br /&gt;
* As a [[URL module settings|URL resource]] with embed as the display option&lt;br /&gt;
* In a [[Lesson settings|lesson popup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In any text area using the Moodle media button in the [[Text editor|text editor]] or simply by typing the URL of media file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The media file link is then replaced with an appropriate multimedia player which can play the resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling media embedding==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable the embedding of media files, an admin must enable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Appropriate media players (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
# The [[Multimedia plugins filter]] - unless you only want to allow embedding in File, URL and Lesson modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An administrator can enable selected media players in &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; Media embedding&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Available players===&lt;br /&gt;
* YouTube (displays videos hosted on youtube)&lt;br /&gt;
* Vimeo (displays videos hosted on vimeo)&lt;br /&gt;
* .mp3 - MPEG Audio Stream, Layer III&lt;br /&gt;
* .flv - Flash video&lt;br /&gt;
* .f4v - Flash video&lt;br /&gt;
* .swf - Macromedia Flash animation File (Adobe, Inc.) &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Only used in trusted texts as it has potential security issues&lt;br /&gt;
* .ogg - HTML 5 audio&lt;br /&gt;
* .acc - HTML 5 audio&lt;br /&gt;
* .mp3 - HTML 5 audio&lt;br /&gt;
* .webm - HTML 5 video&lt;br /&gt;
* .m4v - HTML 5 video&lt;br /&gt;
* .ogv  - HTML 5 video&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other video players===&lt;br /&gt;
This is just a few links.  Feel free to edit and improve this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====About JW player====&lt;br /&gt;
#https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=313308#p1254528&lt;br /&gt;
#Plugin: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/filter_jwplayer  Not responsive at the moment.  Code given here to enable thumbnails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Videoeasy====&lt;br /&gt;
A Plugin: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?id=1384&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Legacy media players===&lt;br /&gt;
The following legacy media player formats are also available but not recommended for general usage:&lt;br /&gt;
* .mov - QuickTime player (requires QuickTime player or [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Codec codec])&lt;br /&gt;
* .mp4 - QuickTime player (requires QuickTime player or codec)&lt;br /&gt;
* .m4a - QuickTime player (requires QuickTime player or codec)&lt;br /&gt;
* .mpg - MPEG animation - QuickTime player (requires QuickTime player or codec)&lt;br /&gt;
* .wmv - Windows media player (Microsoft)-not guaranteed to work in browsers other than IE and non-Windows systems&lt;br /&gt;
* .avi - Windows media player - not guaranteed to work in browsers other than IE and non-Windows systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:dev:Media embedding]] developer documentation including information on how to change the size of the media player&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Site administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Einbetten von Medien]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Incrustación de medios]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=119841</id>
		<title>Media FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=119841"/>
		<updated>2015-09-20T09:05:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Working with media}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I put my video into a label or a page?==&lt;br /&gt;
While the embedding process is the same, adding a video to a label will mean it displays as soon as the user clicks on that course page. This can be beneficial if the video is, for example, an introduction to the course or an integral part of the whole course. However, if there are several videos in labels, they can slow the loading of the course down, especially if the videos are coming from an external site. Adding a video to a page in Moodle means that the user has to click a text link to reach the video, but it doesn&#039;t clutter up the main course page and it is a better choice if the course contains a large number of videos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==My embedded video is too big/small. How can I change its display size?==&lt;br /&gt;
Changing the size of an embedded video depends on whether you&#039;re using Moodle&#039;s [[Multimedia plugins filter]] or if you&#039;re either embedding a video from another source using something like an iframe (for example, embedding a video from YouTube using the embed code they provide).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====If you&#039;re using Moodle&#039;s Mulimedia plugins filter:====&lt;br /&gt;
Your video will appear to you in the html editor as a hyperlink. Whether it&#039;s a video hosted elsewhere (ie Vimeo or Youtube) or a file you&#039;ve uploaded yourself, it will still appear as a hyperlink. After you&#039;ve saved this html, Moodle&#039;s Multimedia filter will turn that hyperlink into an embedded video. In order to change the video&#039;s size you need to:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the HTML Source Editor by clicking the HTML code icon:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Htmlcodeicon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the &amp;lt;a href...&amp;gt; code for the video you want to change. In the href=&amp;quot;LINK&amp;quot; section of your code, place your cursor right before the last quotation mark.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type &amp;quot;?d=100x200&amp;quot; where you&#039;re replacing &amp;quot;100&amp;quot; with your desired width and &amp;quot;200&amp;quot; with your desired height. For example, if you want a video that&#039;s 600 x 325, you would type ?d=600x325.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Resizevideo.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Your &amp;lt;a&amp;gt; tag should now look something like the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you&#039;re working with a file you&#039;ve uploaded yourself: &amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;https://yourschool.edu/draftfile.php?file=/135/user/draft/617331337/Module%.mp4?d=425x234&amp;quot;&amp;gt;. In this example, your uploaded video would be embedded at 425x234.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you&#039;re working with an externally hosted file: &amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TubRpuaNVT4d?600x135&amp;quot;&amp;gt;. In this example, the YouTube video would be embedded at 600x135.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;update&amp;quot; in the HTML source editor screen, and save your changes. &lt;br /&gt;
#Your video should now be the new size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====If you&#039;re using an embed code, such as an iframe, it&#039;s a little easier:====&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the HTML Source Editor, as above&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the &amp;lt;iframe&amp;gt; tag or equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
#Inside that iframe should be &amp;quot;width&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;height&amp;quot; variables, which you can adjust as needed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Youtuberesize.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;update&amp;quot; in the HTML source editor screen, and save your changes. &lt;br /&gt;
#Your video should now be the new size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why is the size and player for MP4 video clips hard coded?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure.  If anyone from out there knows, so far they have not let on any reasons.  See MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why won&#039;t my swf video play?==&lt;br /&gt;
The .swf format carries with it some security issues and so the filter that allows it to display is disabled by default. For you to be able to add .swf videos, your administrator needs to enable the filter in [[Multimedia_plugins|Multimedia plugins]], then to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Security&amp;gt;Site policies&#039;&#039; and check the &amp;quot;enable trusted content&amp;quot;  box. They then need to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Users&amp;gt;Permissions&amp;gt;Define roles&#039;&#039; and allow Trust Submitted content &#039;&#039;moodle/site:trustcontent&#039;&#039; for your role. However; swf will still not display in all areas of Moodle, for example forum posts. See this discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=183681#p800390| here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I convert my video file to an .FLV or other format?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are many sites online that allow you to upload a file which will then be converted and sent to you via a link or email. Zamzar [http://www.zamzar.com]or Youconvertit [http://www.youconvertit.com] are just two examples.&lt;br /&gt;
*However, if it is a large video file or you want to do the conversion off line, then the free Any Video Converter [http://www.any-video-converter.com/products/for_video_free/] (a downloadable program) will convert most video formats to most others.&lt;br /&gt;
*More and more full-featured MTS Video Converter [http://www.mtsconverterfree.com/]software free download a trial, to solve your problem more format conversions.&lt;br /&gt;
*The free and open source video player, VLC has the ability to convert to and from many video formats. For more details and downloads [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ visit their site].&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using Linux as your operating system either ffmpeg or avconv can both convert to FLV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have a .wma/wav file. How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are various free programs available that will convert one type of sound file to another. If you convert your file to an mp3 then you will be able to use Moodle&#039;s built-in mp3 player.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jodix Free WMA to MP3 converter [http://www.wma-mp3.org/] is just one example&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have an MP4 file.  How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player? (ie Flowplayer)==&lt;br /&gt;
This section is a little sparse, and if you can improve it, feel free.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that the media filter is hard coded to NOT use Flowplayer for MP4.  &lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=208849#p914927.  Renaming an MP4 to an FLV seems to create a file that will play in Flowplayer.&lt;br /&gt;
Also: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=271199&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Media_embedding&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion about [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=232296#p1048676 how to play mp4 videos in Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can vote for a change here: MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What&#039;s the best way to manage/deploy MP4 files in Moodle? ==&lt;br /&gt;
And why bother about this?  MP4 is probably the most common format, and it will play on both Flash enabled and disabled devices.  It&#039;s a common question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See above.  Until we find out more information, it&#039;s difficult to get MP4 files into Moodle simply AND playing nicely.  ie pick ONE.&lt;br /&gt;
#To play nicely: you need to do complex embedding etc.  So it&#039;s not simple.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get them in simply: you drag and drop.  But then they don&#039; t play nicely, unless you want a small ugly looking product.&lt;br /&gt;
===The Videofile plugin option===&lt;br /&gt;
One option is the [[Videofile]] plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
*Download: https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Videofile&lt;br /&gt;
*About: https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Videofile&lt;br /&gt;
===The Re-naming option===&lt;br /&gt;
ie Don&#039;t use MP4&#039;s but rename to FLV&lt;br /&gt;
===The Youtube (etc) repository option===&lt;br /&gt;
Upload your file to Youtube and link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
==Can you stop Flowplayer from preloading a video?==&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=184081&lt;br /&gt;
==Videos don&#039;t embed even though the filters are enabled==&lt;br /&gt;
You might need to change the order of your filters. See the forum discussion [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=278993#p1198335 I can&#039;t embed YouTube videos]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Multimedia FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Medios FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_embedding&amp;diff=119840</id>
		<title>Media embedding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_embedding&amp;diff=119840"/>
		<updated>2015-09-20T09:04:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add note on JW player&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Working with media}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Embedding audio and video==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mp3 player.png|thumb|MP3 player]]&lt;br /&gt;
Audio and video may be embedded in a course in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a [[File module settings|file resource]] &lt;br /&gt;
* As a [[URL module settings|URL resource]] with embed as the display option&lt;br /&gt;
* In a [[Lesson settings|lesson popup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* In any text area using the Moodle media button in the [[Text editor|text editor]] or simply by typing the URL of media file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The media file link is then replaced with an appropriate multimedia player which can play the resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling media embedding==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable the embedding of media files, an admin must enable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Appropriate media players (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
# The [[Multimedia plugins filter]] - unless you only want to allow embedding in File, URL and Lesson modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An administrator can enable selected media players in &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; Media embedding&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Available players===&lt;br /&gt;
* YouTube (displays videos hosted on youtube)&lt;br /&gt;
* Vimeo (displays videos hosted on vimeo)&lt;br /&gt;
* .mp3 - MPEG Audio Stream, Layer III&lt;br /&gt;
* .flv - Flash video&lt;br /&gt;
* .f4v - Flash video&lt;br /&gt;
* .swf - Macromedia Flash animation File (Adobe, Inc.) &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Only used in trusted texts as it has potential security issues&lt;br /&gt;
* .ogg - HTML 5 audio&lt;br /&gt;
* .acc - HTML 5 audio&lt;br /&gt;
* .mp3 - HTML 5 audio&lt;br /&gt;
* .webm - HTML 5 video&lt;br /&gt;
* .m4v - HTML 5 video&lt;br /&gt;
* .ogv  - HTML 5 video&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other video players===&lt;br /&gt;
This is just a few links.  Feel free to edit and improve this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====About JW player====&lt;br /&gt;
#https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=313308#p1254528&lt;br /&gt;
#Plugin: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/filter_jwplayer  Not responsive at the moment.  Code given here to enable thumbnails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Legacy media players===&lt;br /&gt;
The following legacy media player formats are also available but not recommended for general usage:&lt;br /&gt;
* .mov - QuickTime player (requires QuickTime player or [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Codec codec])&lt;br /&gt;
* .mp4 - QuickTime player (requires QuickTime player or codec)&lt;br /&gt;
* .m4a - QuickTime player (requires QuickTime player or codec)&lt;br /&gt;
* .mpg - MPEG animation - QuickTime player (requires QuickTime player or codec)&lt;br /&gt;
* .wmv - Windows media player (Microsoft)-not guaranteed to work in browsers other than IE and non-Windows systems&lt;br /&gt;
* .avi - Windows media player - not guaranteed to work in browsers other than IE and non-Windows systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:dev:Media embedding]] developer documentation including information on how to change the size of the media player&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Site administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Einbetten von Medien]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Incrustación de medios]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Working_with_files&amp;diff=119837</id>
		<title>Working with files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Working_with_files&amp;diff=119837"/>
		<updated>2015-09-17T22:24:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Adding note on assignments and file types&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Managing content}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding files to your course==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle provides an easy way for a teacher to present materials to their students. These materials may take the form of files such as word-processed documents or slideshow presentations. The materials can be displayed on the page either as individual items or bundled together inside folders. One teacher might for instance wish to share a single research document in pdf format; another might have a folder of sample past examination papers for students to download. Most types of files can be uploaded and accessed through Moodle but the student needs to have the correct software to be able to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add files to a Moodle course, you must first ensure you have the editing turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Drag and drop===&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using a modern browser, you can simply click, hold and drag and drop a file directly onto your course page. You will know if drag and drop is available to you because you will (briefly) see a message at the top of your screen:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dragdropmessage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To drag and drop a folder, you must first compress/zip it using whichever program your computer has.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add a resource or activity===&lt;br /&gt;
*Instead of drag and drop, you can click the link &#039;Add an activity or resource&#039; and  select either [[File]] or [[Folder]] from the activity chooser (or choose from the  &#039;Add a resource&#039; drop down menu, if this is present instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:filefolder23.png|thumb|Selecting a file or folder in the activity chooser]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Workingwithfiles.png|thumb|The &amp;quot;Add a resource&amp;quot; drop down menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The screen for uploading and displaying a file (or folder of files) includes an &amp;quot;add&amp;quot; button. Clicking on this button takes you to the [[File picker]] which is the name given to the file storage and access area within Moodle. Find out more about the places you can upload or add files from in the [[File picker]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*There is also a block (with an arrow) into which you can drag and drop a file straight from your desktop into Moodle.(Note that this  currently doesn&#039;t work with Internet Explorer.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:newdraganddrop.png|thumb|Area for dragging and dropping files into]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Viewing uploaded files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once uploaded, files appear as thumbnails in the file manager for easy recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
* Files view can be easily toggled between icons view or a table view with sizes and dates, or a hierarchical list view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:truthumbnailsiconsview.png|thumb|File picker icon view]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:tableview.png|thumb|File picker table view]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:hierarchicallistview.png|thumb|File picker hierarchical list view]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing or updating uploaded files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking on the  name of an uploaded file opens up a pop up dialogue box which allows file details quickly to be altered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:popupdialogue.png|thumb|File info popup dialogue]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an alias/shortcut==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When an uploaded file - or a file from the Private files, Dropbox, File system or EQUELLA repositories - is re-used elsewhere on Moodle, the teacher has the option to make a copy (a new, unconnected version) or to create a shortcut or &#039;&#039;alias&#039;&#039;. (Note: Previously an alias could be made to a file stored in Box.net, however with [[Box.net APIv1 migration |Box.net API v2]]  this is no longer possible.)&lt;br /&gt;
*If an alias is created, then when the original file is updated, it will change in all instances of the alias. So a teacher might add course notes to their private files for example, and then add them into a number of courses. When the teacher makes an alteration in the file in their private files, this alteration will be reflected in all instances of the course notes.&lt;br /&gt;
*An alias can be recognised by its thumbnail. See the difference in the screenshot below between the original file (left) and the alias (right):&lt;br /&gt;
*To update a file, go to its original location (for example Private files) and upload your new version &#039;&#039;with the same name&#039;&#039; . You will be prompted to override or rename the file. Choose &amp;quot;override&amp;quot; and this file will replace your original file and the alisas/shortcuts will remain and all be updated to your latest version.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:alias.png|thumb|Creating an alias]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:shortcut1.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Areas in which aliases cannot be made===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alias cannot be made in the following areas of Moodle:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* an assignment submission&lt;br /&gt;
* a forum post attachment&lt;br /&gt;
* a workshop submission&lt;br /&gt;
* a quiz essay&lt;br /&gt;
* a database activity file field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is to prevent cases such as a student uploading an item for assessment and then subsequently changing the original in their private files. When a student uses a file from their private files in one of these instances, they do not see the options to &amp;quot;copy&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;create an alias&amp;quot;. Below is an example of a file added to an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:aliasassignment.png|thumb|Assignment submission with no option to create an alias]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}An administrator can add new file types and view, edit and delete existing file types from &#039;&#039;Site administration &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; File types&#039;&#039;. This means that, for example, if teachers and students on your site use a lot of files specific to a particular program, such files can now be recognised by Moodle, and, when downloaded, they will open in the correct program, rather than presenting themselves as a generic zip file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filetypes1.png|center|thumb|500px||Some examples from the list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a new file type===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Scroll down to the bottom of the page and click the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Add the details of your file type, using the example below as a guide. This example will add the .mobi extension (for a Kindle ebook) with the standard document icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:newfiletype.png|thumb|center|500px|Adding a new filetype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click to save the changes and you will see your new file type has been added to the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:customfileypesuccess.png|thumb|500px|center|New type in the list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File types and Assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracker item: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-39913&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion thread: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=217532&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Removing a file type===&lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking the X next to a file type will remove it from the site. You will be prompted to confirm before deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Editing an existing file type===&lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking the edit icon next to a file type will allow you to change certain details, for example the associated icon and description. If you don&#039;t wish to use the default description, you can specify your own custom description (with multi-language tags if your site supports multi-languages) or you can use an alternative language string from mimetypes.php.&lt;br /&gt;
===Google docs and docx===&lt;br /&gt;
Importing Google docs files as docx.  See https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=320144&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*HQ Youtube video tutorial: [http://youtu.be/Wt5Hgv-eouE Dragging and dropping files into Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
*HQ Youtube video tutorial: [http://youtu.be/7i2roZ_OCyI Uploading files to Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://lewiscarr.co.uk/2014/11/moodle-file-sharing-explained/ File sharing explained] blog post by Lewis Carr&lt;br /&gt;
*How to share a single file with students: [[File resource]]&lt;br /&gt;
*How to share a folder of files with students: [[Folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Questions about the file picker: [[File picker FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Restoring file aliases]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IrOKxYRJvGU How teachers upload files in Moodle 2 video]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Arbeiten mit Dateien und Verzeichnissen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Trabajando con archivos]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Utilisation de fichiers]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Working_with_files&amp;diff=119836</id>
		<title>Working with files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Working_with_files&amp;diff=119836"/>
		<updated>2015-09-17T22:21:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add note about Google docs&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Managing content}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding files to your course==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle provides an easy way for a teacher to present materials to their students. These materials may take the form of files such as word-processed documents or slideshow presentations. The materials can be displayed on the page either as individual items or bundled together inside folders. One teacher might for instance wish to share a single research document in pdf format; another might have a folder of sample past examination papers for students to download. Most types of files can be uploaded and accessed through Moodle but the student needs to have the correct software to be able to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add files to a Moodle course, you must first ensure you have the editing turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Drag and drop===&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using a modern browser, you can simply click, hold and drag and drop a file directly onto your course page. You will know if drag and drop is available to you because you will (briefly) see a message at the top of your screen:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dragdropmessage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To drag and drop a folder, you must first compress/zip it using whichever program your computer has.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add a resource or activity===&lt;br /&gt;
*Instead of drag and drop, you can click the link &#039;Add an activity or resource&#039; and  select either [[File]] or [[Folder]] from the activity chooser (or choose from the  &#039;Add a resource&#039; drop down menu, if this is present instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:filefolder23.png|thumb|Selecting a file or folder in the activity chooser]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Workingwithfiles.png|thumb|The &amp;quot;Add a resource&amp;quot; drop down menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The screen for uploading and displaying a file (or folder of files) includes an &amp;quot;add&amp;quot; button. Clicking on this button takes you to the [[File picker]] which is the name given to the file storage and access area within Moodle. Find out more about the places you can upload or add files from in the [[File picker]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
*There is also a block (with an arrow) into which you can drag and drop a file straight from your desktop into Moodle.(Note that this  currently doesn&#039;t work with Internet Explorer.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:newdraganddrop.png|thumb|Area for dragging and dropping files into]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Viewing uploaded files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Once uploaded, files appear as thumbnails in the file manager for easy recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
* Files view can be easily toggled between icons view or a table view with sizes and dates, or a hierarchical list view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:truthumbnailsiconsview.png|thumb|File picker icon view]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:tableview.png|thumb|File picker table view]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:hierarchicallistview.png|thumb|File picker hierarchical list view]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing or updating uploaded files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking on the  name of an uploaded file opens up a pop up dialogue box which allows file details quickly to be altered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:popupdialogue.png|thumb|File info popup dialogue]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an alias/shortcut==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When an uploaded file - or a file from the Private files, Dropbox, File system or EQUELLA repositories - is re-used elsewhere on Moodle, the teacher has the option to make a copy (a new, unconnected version) or to create a shortcut or &#039;&#039;alias&#039;&#039;. (Note: Previously an alias could be made to a file stored in Box.net, however with [[Box.net APIv1 migration |Box.net API v2]]  this is no longer possible.)&lt;br /&gt;
*If an alias is created, then when the original file is updated, it will change in all instances of the alias. So a teacher might add course notes to their private files for example, and then add them into a number of courses. When the teacher makes an alteration in the file in their private files, this alteration will be reflected in all instances of the course notes.&lt;br /&gt;
*An alias can be recognised by its thumbnail. See the difference in the screenshot below between the original file (left) and the alias (right):&lt;br /&gt;
*To update a file, go to its original location (for example Private files) and upload your new version &#039;&#039;with the same name&#039;&#039; . You will be prompted to override or rename the file. Choose &amp;quot;override&amp;quot; and this file will replace your original file and the alisas/shortcuts will remain and all be updated to your latest version.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:alias.png|thumb|Creating an alias]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:shortcut1.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Areas in which aliases cannot be made===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alias cannot be made in the following areas of Moodle:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* an assignment submission&lt;br /&gt;
* a forum post attachment&lt;br /&gt;
* a workshop submission&lt;br /&gt;
* a quiz essay&lt;br /&gt;
* a database activity file field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is to prevent cases such as a student uploading an item for assessment and then subsequently changing the original in their private files. When a student uses a file from their private files in one of these instances, they do not see the options to &amp;quot;copy&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;create an alias&amp;quot;. Below is an example of a file added to an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:aliasassignment.png|thumb|Assignment submission with no option to create an alias]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}An administrator can add new file types and view, edit and delete existing file types from &#039;&#039;Site administration &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; File types&#039;&#039;. This means that, for example, if teachers and students on your site use a lot of files specific to a particular program, such files can now be recognised by Moodle, and, when downloaded, they will open in the correct program, rather than presenting themselves as a generic zip file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filetypes1.png|center|thumb|500px||Some examples from the list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a new file type===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Scroll down to the bottom of the page and click the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Add the details of your file type, using the example below as a guide. This example will add the .mobi extension (for a Kindle ebook) with the standard document icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:newfiletype.png|thumb|center|500px|Adding a new filetype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click to save the changes and you will see your new file type has been added to the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:customfileypesuccess.png|thumb|500px|center|New type in the list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Removing a file type===&lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking the X next to a file type will remove it from the site. You will be prompted to confirm before deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Editing an existing file type===&lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking the edit icon next to a file type will allow you to change certain details, for example the associated icon and description. If you don&#039;t wish to use the default description, you can specify your own custom description (with multi-language tags if your site supports multi-languages) or you can use an alternative language string from mimetypes.php.&lt;br /&gt;
===Google docs and docx===&lt;br /&gt;
Importing Google docs files as docx.  See https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=320144&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*HQ Youtube video tutorial: [http://youtu.be/Wt5Hgv-eouE Dragging and dropping files into Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
*HQ Youtube video tutorial: [http://youtu.be/7i2roZ_OCyI Uploading files to Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://lewiscarr.co.uk/2014/11/moodle-file-sharing-explained/ File sharing explained] blog post by Lewis Carr&lt;br /&gt;
*How to share a single file with students: [[File resource]]&lt;br /&gt;
*How to share a folder of files with students: [[Folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Questions about the file picker: [[File picker FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Restoring file aliases]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IrOKxYRJvGU How teachers upload files in Moodle 2 video]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Arbeiten mit Dateien und Verzeichnissen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Trabajando con archivos]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Utilisation de fichiers]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Installing_Moodle&amp;diff=119808</id>
		<title>Installing Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Installing_Moodle&amp;diff=119808"/>
		<updated>2015-09-15T03:26:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Added link to tracker&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Installing Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This page explains how to install Moodle. If you are an expert and/or in a hurry try [[Installation Quickstart]].&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to try Moodle on a standalone machine there are &#039;one-click&#039; installers for Windows (see [[Complete install packages for Windows]]) and for OSX (see [[Complete Install Packages for Mac OS X]]) or [[ install on OS X]]. These are unsuitable for production servers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is primarily developed in Linux using [[Apache]], [[PostgreSQL]]/[[MySQL]]/[[MariaDB]] and [[PHP]] (also sometimes known as the LAMP platform). If in doubt, this is the safest combination (if for no other reason than being the most common). There are other options - see the Software section that follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are installing Moodle in a Windows server, note that from php5.5 onwards, you will also need to have  the Visual C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio 2012 installed from:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=30679 Visual C++] ( x86 or x64)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic requirements for Moodle are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hardware === &lt;br /&gt;
* Disk space: 160MB free (min) plus as much as you need to store your materials. 5GB is probably a realistic minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
* Processor: 1GHz (min), 2GHz dual core recommended. These settings may vary according to the resources used.&lt;br /&gt;
* Backups: at least the same again (at a remote location preferably) as above to keep backups of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory: 256MB (min), 1GB or more is strongly recommended. The general rule of thumb is that Moodle can support 10 to 20 &#039;&#039;concurrent&#039;&#039; users for every 1GB of RAM, but this will vary depending on your specific hardware and software combination and the type of use. &#039;Concurrent&#039; really means web server processes in memory at the same time (i.e. users interacting with the system within a window of a few seconds). It does NOT mean people &#039;logged in&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Software ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [{{Release notes}} release notes] in the dev docs for software requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Set up your server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...or desktop computer, if you are just evaluating Moodle. There are lots of possibilities for installing the basic server software depending on your particular choices. Some links and pointers are at [[Installing AMP]], [[Internet_Information_Services|IIS]], [[Nginx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using a hosted server all this should be done for you. However, (especially on shared hosting) make sure you understand or find out how to change PHP settings (e.g. file upload maximums). This can vary a huge amount from host to host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Download and copy files into place ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT: While there are now a number of places you can get the Moodle code, you are strongly advised to obtain Moodle from moodle.org. If you run into problems it will be a great deal easier to support you.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* Download your required version from http://moodle.org/downloads and unzip/unpack...&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039; Pull the code from the Git repository (recommended for developers and also makes upgrading very simple):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ git clone --depth=1 -b MOODLE_29_STABLE git://git.moodle.org/moodle.git  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--depth=1  for shallow cloning (only) latest revision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--single-branch  option to limit cloning to a single branch, this fetches the Moodle 2.9 Stable branch (latest weekly build). For a fuller discussion see [[Git for Administrators]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either of the above should result in a directory called &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing a number of files and folders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can either place the whole folder in your web server documents directory, in which case the site will be located at &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://yourwebserver.com/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, or you can copy all the contents straight into the main web server documents directory, in which case the site will be simply &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://yourwebserver.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. See the documentation for your system and/or web server if you are unsure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039; If you are downloading Moodle to your local computer and then uploading it to your hosted web site, if possible upload the compressed file and decompress at the remote end (check your &#039;file manager&#039;). Failing that, watch FTP progress carefully for errors or missed files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secure the Moodle files:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is vital that the files are not writeable by the web server user. For example, on Unix/Linux (as root):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# chown -R root /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# chmod -R 0755 /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# find /path/to/moodle -type f -exec chmod 0644 {} \;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(files are owned by the administrator/superuser and are only writeable by them - readable by everyone else)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third command finds all the regular files and executes the chmod command 0644 on them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use the built-in plugin installer you need to make the directory writable by web server user. It is strongly recommended to use ACL when your server supports it, for example if your Apache server uses account www-data: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# chmod -R +a &amp;quot;www-data allow read,delete,write,append,file_inherit,directory_inherit&amp;quot; /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect of the previous command is to allow the Apache user account (www-data in this case) to access and change files within the moodle site. Many people would consider this a brave move for a new site admin to implement. In a new moodle you can safely leave this out. A default Ubuntu install does not have the +a option for the chmod command anyway. The +a attribute is an ACL (Access Control List) facility which allows you to set per user access for individual files. For example, OSX has this by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create an empty database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next create a new, empty database for your installation. You need to find and make a note of following information for use during the final installation stage:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;dbhost&#039;&#039;&#039; - the database server hostname. Probably &#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039; if the database and web server are the same machine, otherwise the name of the database server&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;dbname&#039;&#039;&#039; - the database name. Whatever you called it, e.g. &#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;dbuser&#039;&#039;&#039; - the username for the database. Whatever you assigned, e.g. &#039;&#039;moodleuser&#039;&#039; - do not use the root/superuser account. Create a proper account with the minimum permissions needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;dbpass&#039;&#039;&#039; - the password for the above user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your site is hosted you should find a web-based administration page for databases as part of the control panel (or ask your administrator). For everyone else or for detailed instructions, see the page for your chosen database server:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PostgreSQL]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MariaDB]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MySQL]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MSSQL]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Oracle]] (known issues, not fully supported - see for example https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65488 and the tracker item https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-41310)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create the (&#039;&#039;moodledata&#039;&#039;) data directory  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle requires a directory to store all of its files (all your site&#039;s uploaded files, temporary data, cache, session data etc.). The web server needs to be able to write to this directory. On larger systems consider how much free space you are going to use when allocating this directory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the way Moodle caches data you may have performance issues if you use relatively slow storage (e.g. NFS) for this directory. Read the [[Performance_recommendations]] carefully and consider using (e.g.) memcached for [[Caching]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT:&#039;&#039;&#039; This directory must &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; be accessible directly via the web. This would be a serious security hole. Do not try to place it inside your web root or inside your Moodle program files directory. Moodle will not install. It can go anywhere else convenient. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is an example (Unix/Linux) of creating the directory and setting the permissions for &#039;&#039;&#039;anyone&#039;&#039;&#039; on the server to write here. This is only appropriate for Moodle servers that are not shared. Discuss this with your server administrator for better permissions that just allow the web server user to access these files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# mkdir /path/to/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
# chmod 0777 /path/to/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your server supports ACL it is recommended to set following permissions, for example if your Apache server uses account www-data:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# chmod -R +a &amp;quot;www-data allow read,delete,write,append,file_inherit,directory_inherit&amp;quot; /path/to/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are planning to execute PHP scripts from the command line you should set the same permissions for the current user:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ sudo chmod -R +a &amp;quot;`whoami` allow read,delete,write,append,file_inherit,directory_inherit&amp;quot; /path/to/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Securing moodledata in a web directory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using a hosted site and you have no option but to place &#039;moodledata&#039; in a web accessible directory. You may be able to secure it by creating an .htaccess file in the &#039;moodledata&#039; directory. This does not work on all systems - see your host/administrator. Create a file called .htaccess containing only the following lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
order deny,allow&lt;br /&gt;
deny from all&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Start Moodle install ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s now time to run the installer to create the database tables and configure your new site. The recommended method is to use the command line installer. If you cannot do this for any reason (e.g. on a Windows server) the web based installer is still available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command line installer ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s best to run the command line as your system&#039;s web user. You need to know what that is - see your system&#039;s documentation (e.g. Ubuntu/Debian is &#039;www-data&#039;, Centos is &#039;apache&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example of using the command-line  (as root - substitute &#039;www-data&#039; for your web user):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# chown www-data /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# cd /path/to/moodle/admin/cli&lt;br /&gt;
# sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php install.php&lt;br /&gt;
# chown -R root /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chowns allow the script to write a new config.php file. More information about the options can be found using &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# php install.php --help&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked for other settings that have not been discussed on this page - if unsure just accept the defaults. For a full discussion see [[Administration via command line]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Web based installer ===&lt;br /&gt;
To run the web installer script, just go to your Moodle&#039;s main URL using a web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process will take you through a number of pages. You should be asked to confirm the copyright, see the database tables being created, supply administrator account details and supply the site details. The database creation can take some time - please be patient. You should eventually end up at the Moodle front page with an invitation to create a new course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very likely that you will be asked to download the new config.php file and upload it to your Moodle installation - just follow the on-screen instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Final configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Settings within Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of options within the Moodle Site Administration screens (accessible from the &#039;Site administration&#039; tab in the &#039;Administration&#039; block. Here are a few of the more important ones that you will probably want to check:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Message Outputs &amp;gt; Email&#039;&#039;: Set your smtp server and authentication if required (so your Moodle site can send emails). The support contact for your site is also set on this page. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; System paths&#039;&#039;: Set the paths to du, dot and aspell binaries.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; HTTP&#039;&#039;: If you are behind a firewall you may need to set your proxy credentials in the &#039;Web proxy&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Location &amp;gt; Update timezones&#039;&#039;: Run this to make sure your timezone information is up to date. (more info [[Location]])&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php Set server&#039;s local timezone] inside &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;php.ini&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; (should probably be inside &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;/etc/php.ini&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;/etc/php.d/date.ini&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;, depending on the underline OS):&lt;br /&gt;
**: &amp;lt;code ini&amp;gt;[Date]&lt;br /&gt;
; Defines the default timezone used by the date functions&lt;br /&gt;
date.timezone = &amp;quot;YOUR LOCAL TIMEZONE&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remaining tasks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Configure Cron&#039;&#039;&#039;: Moodle&#039;s background tasks (e.g. sending out forum emails and performing course backups) are performed by a script which you can set to execute at specific times of the day. This is known as a cron script. Please refer to the [[Cron|Cron instructions]].&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Set up backups&#039;&#039;&#039;: See [[Site backup]] and [[Automated course backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check mail works&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Add a new user|Create a test user]] with a valid email address and [[message|send them a message]]. Do they receive an email copy of the message? If not, check the settings in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Message outputs &amp;gt; Email&#039;&#039;. Don&#039;t be tempted to skip this step (clue: email is used to recover lost passwords, including the administrator password when you forget it!)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secure your Moodle site&#039;&#039;&#039;: Read the [[Security recommendations]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Increasing the maximum upload size&#039;&#039;&#039;  See [[Installation FAQ]] Maximum upload file size - how to change it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation is complete :) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new course: You can now [[Adding a new course|create a new course]] and have a play ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== If something goes wrong... ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some things you should try...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the [[Installation FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your file permissions carefully. Can your web server read (but not write) the Moodle program files? Can your web server read and write your Moodle data directory?&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your database permissions. Have you set up your database user with the correct rights and permissions for your configuration (especially if the web server and database server are different machines)?&lt;br /&gt;
* Create your [[Configuration file]] (config.php) by hand. Copy config-dist.php (in the root of the Moodle program directory) to config.php, edit it and set your database/site options there. Installation will continue from the right place. &lt;br /&gt;
* Once you have a config.php (see previous tip) you can edit it to turn on debugging (in section 8). This may give you extra information to help track down a problem. If you have access, check your web server error log(s).&lt;br /&gt;
* Re-check your php.ini / .htaccess settings. Are they appropriate (e.g. memory_limit), did you edit the correct php.ini / .htaccess file and (if required) did you re-start the web server after making changes?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you include any non-core (optional) plugins, themes or other code before starting the installation script? If so, remove it and try again (it may be broken or incompatible).&lt;br /&gt;
* Explain your problem in the [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=28 Installation problems forum]. &#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE&#039;&#039;&#039; list your software versions; explain what you did, what happened and what error messages you saw (if any); explain what you tried. There is no such thing as &#039;nothing&#039;, even a blank page is something!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Platform specific instructions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Much of this information is provided by the community. It may not have been checked and may be out of date. Please read in conjunction with the above installation instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Installing Moodle on SmarterASP.NET]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Unix or Linux Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mac Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Amazon EC2 Cloud Services Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.slideshare.net/gb2048/my-own-moodle Slideshare presentation by Gareth Barnard on installing a local installation of Moodle] and accompanying [https://drive.google.com/folderview?id=0B17B0rYH2zERU21sQnVweUZCUFk&amp;amp;usp=sharing  help guides]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=182086 New Video Tutorial- How to Install Moodle on Shared Hosting via cPanel (Not Fantastico)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=199542 Video Tutorial - Install Moodle on a Virtual Box from scratch] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Instalaci%C3%B3n_de_moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Installation von Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Installation de Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:Moodleのインストール]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Installing_Moodle&amp;diff=119807</id>
		<title>Installing Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Installing_Moodle&amp;diff=119807"/>
		<updated>2015-09-15T03:22:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Small edit: link to forum&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Installing Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This page explains how to install Moodle. If you are an expert and/or in a hurry try [[Installation Quickstart]].&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to try Moodle on a standalone machine there are &#039;one-click&#039; installers for Windows (see [[Complete install packages for Windows]]) and for OSX (see [[Complete Install Packages for Mac OS X]]) or [[ install on OS X]]. These are unsuitable for production servers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is primarily developed in Linux using [[Apache]], [[PostgreSQL]]/[[MySQL]]/[[MariaDB]] and [[PHP]] (also sometimes known as the LAMP platform). If in doubt, this is the safest combination (if for no other reason than being the most common). There are other options - see the Software section that follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are installing Moodle in a Windows server, note that from php5.5 onwards, you will also need to have  the Visual C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio 2012 installed from:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=30679 Visual C++] ( x86 or x64)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic requirements for Moodle are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hardware === &lt;br /&gt;
* Disk space: 160MB free (min) plus as much as you need to store your materials. 5GB is probably a realistic minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
* Processor: 1GHz (min), 2GHz dual core recommended. These settings may vary according to the resources used.&lt;br /&gt;
* Backups: at least the same again (at a remote location preferably) as above to keep backups of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
* Memory: 256MB (min), 1GB or more is strongly recommended. The general rule of thumb is that Moodle can support 10 to 20 &#039;&#039;concurrent&#039;&#039; users for every 1GB of RAM, but this will vary depending on your specific hardware and software combination and the type of use. &#039;Concurrent&#039; really means web server processes in memory at the same time (i.e. users interacting with the system within a window of a few seconds). It does NOT mean people &#039;logged in&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Software ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [{{Release notes}} release notes] in the dev docs for software requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Set up your server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...or desktop computer, if you are just evaluating Moodle. There are lots of possibilities for installing the basic server software depending on your particular choices. Some links and pointers are at [[Installing AMP]], [[Internet_Information_Services|IIS]], [[Nginx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using a hosted server all this should be done for you. However, (especially on shared hosting) make sure you understand or find out how to change PHP settings (e.g. file upload maximums). This can vary a huge amount from host to host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Download and copy files into place ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT: While there are now a number of places you can get the Moodle code, you are strongly advised to obtain Moodle from moodle.org. If you run into problems it will be a great deal easier to support you.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* Download your required version from http://moodle.org/downloads and unzip/unpack...&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039; Pull the code from the Git repository (recommended for developers and also makes upgrading very simple):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ git clone --depth=1 -b MOODLE_29_STABLE git://git.moodle.org/moodle.git  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--depth=1  for shallow cloning (only) latest revision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--single-branch  option to limit cloning to a single branch, this fetches the Moodle 2.9 Stable branch (latest weekly build). For a fuller discussion see [[Git for Administrators]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either of the above should result in a directory called &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;, containing a number of files and folders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can either place the whole folder in your web server documents directory, in which case the site will be located at &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://yourwebserver.com/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, or you can copy all the contents straight into the main web server documents directory, in which case the site will be simply &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://yourwebserver.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. See the documentation for your system and/or web server if you are unsure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039; If you are downloading Moodle to your local computer and then uploading it to your hosted web site, if possible upload the compressed file and decompress at the remote end (check your &#039;file manager&#039;). Failing that, watch FTP progress carefully for errors or missed files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secure the Moodle files:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is vital that the files are not writeable by the web server user. For example, on Unix/Linux (as root):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# chown -R root /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# chmod -R 0755 /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# find /path/to/moodle -type f -exec chmod 0644 {} \;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(files are owned by the administrator/superuser and are only writeable by them - readable by everyone else)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third command finds all the regular files and executes the chmod command 0644 on them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use the built-in plugin installer you need to make the directory writable by web server user. It is strongly recommended to use ACL when your server supports it, for example if your Apache server uses account www-data: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# chmod -R +a &amp;quot;www-data allow read,delete,write,append,file_inherit,directory_inherit&amp;quot; /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect of the previous command is to allow the Apache user account (www-data in this case) to access and change files within the moodle site. Many people would consider this a brave move for a new site admin to implement. In a new moodle you can safely leave this out. A default Ubuntu install does not have the +a option for the chmod command anyway. The +a attribute is an ACL (Access Control List) facility which allows you to set per user access for individual files. For example, OSX has this by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create an empty database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next create a new, empty database for your installation. You need to find and make a note of following information for use during the final installation stage:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;dbhost&#039;&#039;&#039; - the database server hostname. Probably &#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039; if the database and web server are the same machine, otherwise the name of the database server&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;dbname&#039;&#039;&#039; - the database name. Whatever you called it, e.g. &#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;dbuser&#039;&#039;&#039; - the username for the database. Whatever you assigned, e.g. &#039;&#039;moodleuser&#039;&#039; - do not use the root/superuser account. Create a proper account with the minimum permissions needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;dbpass&#039;&#039;&#039; - the password for the above user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your site is hosted you should find a web-based administration page for databases as part of the control panel (or ask your administrator). For everyone else or for detailed instructions, see the page for your chosen database server:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PostgreSQL]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MariaDB]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MySQL]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MSSQL]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Oracle]] (known issues, not fully supported - see for example https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65488)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create the (&#039;&#039;moodledata&#039;&#039;) data directory  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle requires a directory to store all of its files (all your site&#039;s uploaded files, temporary data, cache, session data etc.). The web server needs to be able to write to this directory. On larger systems consider how much free space you are going to use when allocating this directory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the way Moodle caches data you may have performance issues if you use relatively slow storage (e.g. NFS) for this directory. Read the [[Performance_recommendations]] carefully and consider using (e.g.) memcached for [[Caching]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT:&#039;&#039;&#039; This directory must &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; be accessible directly via the web. This would be a serious security hole. Do not try to place it inside your web root or inside your Moodle program files directory. Moodle will not install. It can go anywhere else convenient. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is an example (Unix/Linux) of creating the directory and setting the permissions for &#039;&#039;&#039;anyone&#039;&#039;&#039; on the server to write here. This is only appropriate for Moodle servers that are not shared. Discuss this with your server administrator for better permissions that just allow the web server user to access these files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# mkdir /path/to/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
# chmod 0777 /path/to/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your server supports ACL it is recommended to set following permissions, for example if your Apache server uses account www-data:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# chmod -R +a &amp;quot;www-data allow read,delete,write,append,file_inherit,directory_inherit&amp;quot; /path/to/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are planning to execute PHP scripts from the command line you should set the same permissions for the current user:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ sudo chmod -R +a &amp;quot;`whoami` allow read,delete,write,append,file_inherit,directory_inherit&amp;quot; /path/to/moodledata&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Securing moodledata in a web directory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using a hosted site and you have no option but to place &#039;moodledata&#039; in a web accessible directory. You may be able to secure it by creating an .htaccess file in the &#039;moodledata&#039; directory. This does not work on all systems - see your host/administrator. Create a file called .htaccess containing only the following lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
order deny,allow&lt;br /&gt;
deny from all&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Start Moodle install ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s now time to run the installer to create the database tables and configure your new site. The recommended method is to use the command line installer. If you cannot do this for any reason (e.g. on a Windows server) the web based installer is still available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Command line installer ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s best to run the command line as your system&#039;s web user. You need to know what that is - see your system&#039;s documentation (e.g. Ubuntu/Debian is &#039;www-data&#039;, Centos is &#039;apache&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example of using the command-line  (as root - substitute &#039;www-data&#039; for your web user):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# chown www-data /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# cd /path/to/moodle/admin/cli&lt;br /&gt;
# sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php install.php&lt;br /&gt;
# chown -R root /path/to/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chowns allow the script to write a new config.php file. More information about the options can be found using &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# php install.php --help&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked for other settings that have not been discussed on this page - if unsure just accept the defaults. For a full discussion see [[Administration via command line]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Web based installer ===&lt;br /&gt;
To run the web installer script, just go to your Moodle&#039;s main URL using a web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process will take you through a number of pages. You should be asked to confirm the copyright, see the database tables being created, supply administrator account details and supply the site details. The database creation can take some time - please be patient. You should eventually end up at the Moodle front page with an invitation to create a new course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very likely that you will be asked to download the new config.php file and upload it to your Moodle installation - just follow the on-screen instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Final configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Settings within Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of options within the Moodle Site Administration screens (accessible from the &#039;Site administration&#039; tab in the &#039;Administration&#039; block. Here are a few of the more important ones that you will probably want to check:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Message Outputs &amp;gt; Email&#039;&#039;: Set your smtp server and authentication if required (so your Moodle site can send emails). The support contact for your site is also set on this page. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; System paths&#039;&#039;: Set the paths to du, dot and aspell binaries.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; HTTP&#039;&#039;: If you are behind a firewall you may need to set your proxy credentials in the &#039;Web proxy&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Location &amp;gt; Update timezones&#039;&#039;: Run this to make sure your timezone information is up to date. (more info [[Location]])&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php Set server&#039;s local timezone] inside &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;php.ini&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; (should probably be inside &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;/etc/php.ini&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;/etc/php.d/date.ini&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;, depending on the underline OS):&lt;br /&gt;
**: &amp;lt;code ini&amp;gt;[Date]&lt;br /&gt;
; Defines the default timezone used by the date functions&lt;br /&gt;
date.timezone = &amp;quot;YOUR LOCAL TIMEZONE&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remaining tasks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Configure Cron&#039;&#039;&#039;: Moodle&#039;s background tasks (e.g. sending out forum emails and performing course backups) are performed by a script which you can set to execute at specific times of the day. This is known as a cron script. Please refer to the [[Cron|Cron instructions]].&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Set up backups&#039;&#039;&#039;: See [[Site backup]] and [[Automated course backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check mail works&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Add a new user|Create a test user]] with a valid email address and [[message|send them a message]]. Do they receive an email copy of the message? If not, check the settings in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Message outputs &amp;gt; Email&#039;&#039;. Don&#039;t be tempted to skip this step (clue: email is used to recover lost passwords, including the administrator password when you forget it!)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secure your Moodle site&#039;&#039;&#039;: Read the [[Security recommendations]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Increasing the maximum upload size&#039;&#039;&#039;  See [[Installation FAQ]] Maximum upload file size - how to change it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation is complete :) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new course: You can now [[Adding a new course|create a new course]] and have a play ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== If something goes wrong... ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some things you should try...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the [[Installation FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your file permissions carefully. Can your web server read (but not write) the Moodle program files? Can your web server read and write your Moodle data directory?&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your database permissions. Have you set up your database user with the correct rights and permissions for your configuration (especially if the web server and database server are different machines)?&lt;br /&gt;
* Create your [[Configuration file]] (config.php) by hand. Copy config-dist.php (in the root of the Moodle program directory) to config.php, edit it and set your database/site options there. Installation will continue from the right place. &lt;br /&gt;
* Once you have a config.php (see previous tip) you can edit it to turn on debugging (in section 8). This may give you extra information to help track down a problem. If you have access, check your web server error log(s).&lt;br /&gt;
* Re-check your php.ini / .htaccess settings. Are they appropriate (e.g. memory_limit), did you edit the correct php.ini / .htaccess file and (if required) did you re-start the web server after making changes?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you include any non-core (optional) plugins, themes or other code before starting the installation script? If so, remove it and try again (it may be broken or incompatible).&lt;br /&gt;
* Explain your problem in the [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=28 Installation problems forum]. &#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE&#039;&#039;&#039; list your software versions; explain what you did, what happened and what error messages you saw (if any); explain what you tried. There is no such thing as &#039;nothing&#039;, even a blank page is something!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Platform specific instructions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Much of this information is provided by the community. It may not have been checked and may be out of date. Please read in conjunction with the above installation instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Installing Moodle on SmarterASP.NET]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Unix or Linux Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mac Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Amazon EC2 Cloud Services Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.slideshare.net/gb2048/my-own-moodle Slideshare presentation by Gareth Barnard on installing a local installation of Moodle] and accompanying [https://drive.google.com/folderview?id=0B17B0rYH2zERU21sQnVweUZCUFk&amp;amp;usp=sharing  help guides]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=182086 New Video Tutorial- How to Install Moodle on Shared Hosting via cPanel (Not Fantastico)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=199542 Video Tutorial - Install Moodle on a Virtual Box from scratch] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Instalaci%C3%B3n_de_moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Installation von Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Installation de Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:Moodleのインストール]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Windows_installation&amp;diff=119806</id>
		<title>Windows installation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Windows_installation&amp;diff=119806"/>
		<updated>2015-09-15T03:20:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Small edit: link to forum&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Installing Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows is not suitable for large Moodle installations because PHP for Windows does not support 64-bit integer numbers, even if it is running on 64-bit Windows in 64-bit mode. One of the  problems is that Moodle may fail to access data if there are more than 2 billion records in one database table because the id column is too big for integers. Another limitation is a maximum file size of 2GB, which can cause problems (for example) when making backups of large courses. Please consider a different operating system with full 64-bit support for very large installations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation Packages==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are running a small (less than 30 users) Moodle server or just want to test Moodle on your Windows  PC, pre-built packages are available for you to use. Here are links to pages containing step-by-step instructions for installing Moodle using install packages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Complete install packages for Windows]] for most Windows versions&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Windows installation using Git|Installation guide for Windows using WAMP and Git]] How to install Moodle on your Windows PC and update it regularly via Git.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Windows installation using XAMPP|Installation guide for Windows using XAMPP]] A more typical webserver installation than a complete install package. Both use XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Installation guide for Windows using EasyPHP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manual Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
For medium to large installations (e.g. a college, university or business), it is best practice to install Moodle on your server manually. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Plan your system capacity&#039;&#039;&#039;. This involves estimating the appropriate hardware to support the number of users in your organisation. See [[Installing Moodle#How_many_users.3F| Installing Moodle ]] in the How Many Users section for a method of doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install your database server&#039;&#039;&#039;. You have a choice of &lt;br /&gt;
#[http://dev.mysql.com/downloads/ MySQL]/[http://mariadb.org/ MariaDB] (recommended),&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.postgresql.org/download/ PostgreSQL] (recommended)&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Installing MSSQL for PHP | Microsoft SQL Server 2005]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Oracle (not recommended - see https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65488).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install your web server&#039;&#039;&#039;. You have several choices - the decision as to which one to use will depend on your in-house expertise and your required level of sustainability:&lt;br /&gt;
**Apache 2 is recommended as the most tested and popular for Moodle installations. See these instructions for [[Installing Apache on Windows |manually installing Apache 2 on Windows]].&lt;br /&gt;
**IIS 7/8 server can also be used. See these instructions for [[Internet Information Services|Installing and configuring IIS and PHP on Windows]].&lt;br /&gt;
**Other webservers are known to install on Windows, e.g. Lighttpd, so you may wish to experiment with these if available memory is low on your server.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install PHP&#039;&#039;&#039;. Use Microsoft Web Platform Installer when using [[IIS]] server.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Install Moodle&#039;&#039;&#039; by getting the standard installation for Moodle from [http://download.moodle.org/ http://download.moodle.org/] and read [[Installing Moodle]] which has detailed generic information.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Setup backups&#039;&#039;&#039;. Once Moodle is setup and configured, you should setup backups of the system in case of failure or loss of data. &lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;To perform full site backups&#039;&#039;&#039; you need to backup the moodledata and moodle directories, Apache webserver configuration (httpd.conf) if you&#039;re using Apache, PHP configuration (php.ini) and any php extensions which are non-standard, and the mysql database. To do this use the integrated backup program (Start -&amp;gt; All Programs -&amp;gt; Accessories -&amp;gt; System Tools -&amp;gt; Backup) or your own proprietary backup software (e.g. BackupExec). To backup your mysql database see the [[Backup and restore FAQ]].&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;To perform course backups&#039;&#039;&#039; see the [[Course backup]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
** You should also perform a &#039;&#039;&#039;state backup&#039;&#039;&#039; of the [http://technet2.microsoft.com/WindowsServer/en/library/921f0ed5-523d-48ac-8825-e850b0e548841033.mspx?mfr=true server] or [http://www.microsoft.com/resources/documentation/windows/xp/all/proddocs/en-us/ntbackup_backup_sysstate.mspx?mfr=true PC]. This is especially important if you&#039;re using IIS as this will backup the IIS metabase. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check your server security and performance&#039;&#039;&#039;. It is also good practice to read the [[Performance]] and [[Security]] documentation. Although much of the content is targeted at Linux/Unix users, there is a growing amount for Windows systems.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up your &#039;&#039;&#039;Active Directory authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can use the standard [[LDAP authentication]] which prompts users with a username/password, or [[NTLM authentication | integrated NTLM authentication]] which does not require campus users to enter their credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Manual install on Windows 7 with Apache and MySQL]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Installing APC in Windows]] contains instructions for using a PHP accelerator to reduce processor load.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=56835 Running Apache and IIS on the same server] forum discussion.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Events_and_Signup_Plugins&amp;diff=117659</id>
		<title>Events and Signup Plugins</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Events_and_Signup_Plugins&amp;diff=117659"/>
		<updated>2015-03-24T01:52:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===A summary of some of the options around Plugins to manage events and signups===&lt;br /&gt;
A work in progress--[[User:Derek Chirnside|Derek Chirnside]] ([[User talk:Derek Chirnside|talk]]) 12:23, 12 March 2015 (AWST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Organizer: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_organizer====&lt;br /&gt;
Help: http://www.academic-moodle-cooperation.org/module/organizer/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Scheduler: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=mod_scheduler====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_reservation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Face to Face: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_facetoface====&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Groups Self Selection: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_groupselect====&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Group Choice: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_choicegroup====&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Booking: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_booking====&lt;br /&gt;
*We only support uneven Moodle versions. That means, there is a version for Moodle 2.5, 2.7, and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
*Possibly the nicest looking, genuine &#039;Events&amp;quot; list page&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Events_and_Signup_Plugins&amp;diff=117450</id>
		<title>Events and Signup Plugins</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Events_and_Signup_Plugins&amp;diff=117450"/>
		<updated>2015-03-12T04:23:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: A list of plugins that manage signups to events or groups&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===A summary of some of the options around Plugins to manage events and signups===&lt;br /&gt;
A work in progress--[[User:Derek Chirnside|Derek Chirnside]] ([[User talk:Derek Chirnside|talk]]) 12:23, 12 March 2015 (AWST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Organizer: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_organizer====&lt;br /&gt;
Help: http://www.academic-moodle-cooperation.org/module/organizer/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Scheduler: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=mod_scheduler====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Face to Face: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_facetoface====&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Groups Self Selection: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_groupselect====&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Group Choice: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_choicegroup====&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Booking: https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_booking====&lt;br /&gt;
*We only support uneven Moodle versions. That means, there is a version for Moodle 2.5, 2.7, and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
*Possibly the nicest looking, genuine &#039;Events&amp;quot; list page&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Book_FAQ&amp;diff=115804</id>
		<title>Book FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Book_FAQ&amp;diff=115804"/>
		<updated>2014-11-07T01:20:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add tracker item.  Now with link to code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Book}}&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable students to edit a book?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students are not supposed to be able to edit book; allowing it would be a serious security issue. The [[Capabilities/mod/book:edit|capability to edit book chapters]] is intended strictly for trusted users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable students to import web pages?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not allow students to import or edit books! Only trusted users should have the [[Capabilities/mod/book:edit|capability to edit book chapters]] and the [[Capabilities/booktool/importhtml:import|capability to import chapters]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable teachers to export a book to IMS content package?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow the [[Capabilities/booktool/exportimscp:export|capability to export to IMS CP]] for the role of teacher then go to &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Book administration &amp;gt; Generate IMS CP&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why only two levels?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two levels are generally enough for all books, three levels may lead to poorly structured documents. The Book module is designed for the creation of short multi-page study materials. Consider uploading a file in PDF format for longer documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I search within a book resource?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no internal search facility, though you can always use your web browser&#039;s search capability in print page view.&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I import a powerpoint into a book?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=218473 Semi-automated Powerpoint to Book import macro]for one possible method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I change the font of the print view for Book?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not easily. In book view your theme controls how is your book is displayed, where as during printing, book/tool/print/print.css determines the font, which is defaulted to Times New Roman.  See https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=220147#p972743&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#A hack: you can in Print view use some utility like [http://getfirebug.com/ Firebug] to change the font.&lt;br /&gt;
#Another hack: Also see suggestion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=220147#p1066265&lt;br /&gt;
#Tracker item: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why does Moodle hard code the print CSS to output books in Print format?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not really sure.  See https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=208324 Moving Book from One Course to Another] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Buch FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Book_FAQ&amp;diff=115803</id>
		<title>Book FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Book_FAQ&amp;diff=115803"/>
		<updated>2014-11-07T01:19:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add tracker item&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Book}}&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable students to edit a book?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students are not supposed to be able to edit book; allowing it would be a serious security issue. The [[Capabilities/mod/book:edit|capability to edit book chapters]] is intended strictly for trusted users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable students to import web pages?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not allow students to import or edit books! Only trusted users should have the [[Capabilities/mod/book:edit|capability to edit book chapters]] and the [[Capabilities/booktool/importhtml:import|capability to import chapters]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable teachers to export a book to IMS content package?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow the [[Capabilities/booktool/exportimscp:export|capability to export to IMS CP]] for the role of teacher then go to &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Book administration &amp;gt; Generate IMS CP&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why only two levels?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two levels are generally enough for all books, three levels may lead to poorly structured documents. The Book module is designed for the creation of short multi-page study materials. Consider uploading a file in PDF format for longer documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I search within a book resource?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no internal search facility, though you can always use your web browser&#039;s search capability in print page view.&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I import a powerpoint into a book?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=218473 Semi-automated Powerpoint to Book import macro]for one possible method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I change the font of the print view for Book?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not easily. In book view your theme controls how is your book is displayed, where as during printing, book/tool/print/print.css determines the font, which is defaulted to Times New Roman.  See https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=220147#p972743&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#A hack: you can in Print view use some utility like [http://getfirebug.com/ Firebug] to change the font.&lt;br /&gt;
#Another hack: Also see suggestion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=220147#p1066265&lt;br /&gt;
#Tracker item: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why does Moodle hard code the print CSS to output books in Print format?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure.  If anyone at Moodle knows, so far they are not telling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=208324 Moving Book from One Course to Another] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Buch FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Quiz_FAQ&amp;diff=115573</id>
		<title>Quiz FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Quiz_FAQ&amp;diff=115573"/>
		<updated>2014-10-28T00:24:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Quiz}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I randomly generate a quiz from a larger question bank?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the section on adding random questions in [[Building Quiz]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups?==&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link &amp;quot;group override&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click this link and you will be able to select your groups and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:quizgroupoverride.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What happens if students submit answers after the quiz closing date?==&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible for students to still submit answers after the quiz has closed (for example if they started the attempt before the closing date but then took a long time before submitting). These responses are stored by the quiz module, but the students are not given any credit for them. The teacher can see these answers when reviewing the student&#039;s attempts and can give the student credit for them by hand. Also the teacher could change the closing date after the fact and regrade the attempts. The students answers would then get graded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Is there a nice way to print a copy of a quiz?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not at the moment.  See this tracker request: [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-348 Printer-friendly (more compact) layout option for quiz] &lt;br /&gt;
*Also this discussion, where there is an unlikely hack: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=222565&lt;br /&gt;
*Some CSS suggestions here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=205969#p899667&lt;br /&gt;
*The University of Vienna published an [http://www.academic-moodle-cooperation.org/en/modules/offline-quiz/ offline quiz module for Moodle 2.2+] available for [http://www.academic-moodle-cooperation.org/en/modules/offline-quiz/ download in GitHub].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note the comments here: https://docs.moodle.org/en/Effective_quiz_practices#Printing_and_sharing_questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_wordtable addon] for exporting questions (including images) in a question bank into a Word file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eion Campbell has a plugin that may be usefull here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_htmltable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why am I no longer allowed to add or remove questions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely it is because you have students that have already attempted the quiz. You will need to delete all of the attempts by selecting them and choosing to delete them if you need to add/remove questions from a quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are developing a new quiz where the attempts have just been trials then deleting the previous attempts will have no consequeces in the grade book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this is not the case think carefully about how to handle the graded attempts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several ways of getting to the “attempts #” which you need to click on to delete the previous attempts. Use which ever works for you.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the quiz that you want to amend. It will take you to a page with “attempts #&amp;quot; at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are on a page with this message “You cannot add or remove questions because the quiz has been attempted (attempts #)” Click on &amp;quot;attempts #&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you have navigated away from the page with the message go to the Settings block &amp;gt; Quiz Administration &amp;gt; Edit Quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
Whichever way you find “attempts #” click on it and you will go to a page with a drop down menu at the top. Select “all users who have attempted the quiz”. There are several other click boxes select whatever applies to your situation.&lt;br /&gt;
Click “Show Report” and then “select all”. Click “Delete selected attempts” and confirm selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go back to  Quiz Administration &amp;gt; Edit Quiz and you will now be able to add or delete questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I turn off glossary auto-linking in a quiz? ==&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Quiz administration settings block there will be a link &amp;quot;filter&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the link and you will have the option to disable filters just for that particular quiz:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:quizfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I remove a problem question after the quiz has been taken?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can not remove a question once a quiz has been taken by one student or more. However you can change the score and flag the question so you know it has problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the score for that question to 0. &lt;br /&gt;
*Caution: In some versions of Moodle if you use this question in an other quiz, this will potentially change the question in that quiz as well. A trick is to score the question as 0, then regrade the just completed quiz. This will establish the new grade for gradebook.  Now go back and change the score to the original value.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Find the question in Question Bank.  Maybe edit the title (Do not use in Bio101).  Or if you do not share the question category with other teachers, create a sub category, move the offending question there, and perhaps create a better question to replace the one you just moved.  Create a new quiz and if necessary hide the old one.&lt;br /&gt;
*Caution: if other departments or teachers use a question category it might be wise to check with the team before moving or changing any question.   This is one reason importing questions in a course is a good best practice in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I have a quiz that is not graded?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not a common requirement, so it may not work perfectly, but you can get close:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# On the quiz editing page, set the score for each question, and the total score for the quiz to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the quiz settings page, there is a grid of check-boxes. Turn off all the ones in the score column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why is my quiz not displaying in the gradebook?==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check that you have a maximum score that is more than 0 - if your score is 0, then the quiz will not appear in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember you can tell gradebook not to include the quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I allow a person to retake a quiz if I have it set for 1 attempt?==&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link &amp;quot;user overrides&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click this link and you can change the allowed number of attempts for that user. Screenshot:[https://docs.moodle.org/24/en/File:quizuseroverride.png]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I give particular students extra time in a timed quiz?==&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Quiz administration settings block there is a link &amp;quot;user overrides&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click this link and you will be able to choose one or more users and change the timing of their quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:quizuseroverride.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I&#039;ve entered quiz grades manually in the gradebook. How can I allow students to improve on these grades?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a grade is entered directly in the gradebook, an &amp;quot;overridden&amp;quot; flag is set, meaning that the grade can no longer be changed from within the quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the flag can be removed by turning editing on in the [[Grader report|grader report]], then clicking the [[Grade editing|edit grade]] icon, unchecking the overridden box and saving the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable notification of quiz submissions?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Quiz submission notification]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why can&#039;t people (guests) take a quiz without creating an account and logging in?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is difficult to implement for technical reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To explain: The quiz has to link all information about an attempt to a particular &#039;user&#039; record in the database, and each user can only have one open quiz attempt at a time. All not-logged-in users share the same &#039;guest&#039; user database record. Therefore, two guests could not attempt the quiz at the same time, and even if they could, it would be difficult to prevent one guest seeing another guest&#039;s attempts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, given enough work, it would be possible to change some of those assumptions, and so make it possible for guests to attempt quizzes. Indeed, some of the obstructions to implementing this have already been removed while doing other work on the quiz, but there is still some way to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to see this implemented, please vote for MDL-17892.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A workaround is to create a visitor account, say with username = password = visitor, for everyone to share.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can you explain the error The number of random questions required is more than are still available in the category!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review your quiz and verify Moodle has enough questions from each category of questions it will be pulling from. You may have inadvertently selected more questions than what exists in the category. Also make sure you&#039;re not pulling questions from a category that has zero questions. Because you are picking random questions, rather than a specific question, it may not be apparent at first that you have run out of questions to ask!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I send a bulk message to all students who haven&#039;t completed a quiz?==&lt;br /&gt;
*From your navigation block, click &#039;&#039;Reports&amp;gt;Course participation&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*From the drop down, choose your quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
*In &#039;&#039;Show only&#039;&#039;, choose &amp;quot;Student&amp;quot; and in &#039;&#039;Actions&#039;&#039;, choose &amp;quot;post&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*In the list that appears, tick/check the boxes next to those you wish to message.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the bottom dropdown &#039;&#039;With selected users&#039;&#039;, choose &amp;quot;send message&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:quizemail.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I download the quiz questions in a non-Moodle format?==&lt;br /&gt;
You might want to keep a local copy of quiz questions as evidence. While Moodle doesn&#039;t offer a built-in method of doing this, suggestions include: &lt;br /&gt;
#previewing the quiz, getting to the review page and from your computer, choosing &amp;quot;Save as...webpage complete&amp;quot; and &lt;br /&gt;
#exporting the question as Moodle XML, or GIFT format. If you open either of those files in a text-editor, you should be able to see most details of each question. Not very pretty, but accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I turn off question flagging?==&lt;br /&gt;
By default, flags are available in quiz questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:flag.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a capablity attached to this: [[Capabilities/moodle/question:flag]]. Remove this capability from roles that you don&#039;t want to see the flags. You can either do that by editing the role definitions globally, or by overriding the permissions in just one quiz or course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I create system-wide question categories?==&lt;br /&gt;
* As an administrator or user with system permissions,  go to &#039;&#039;Question bank&amp;gt;categories&#039;&#039; in any course.&lt;br /&gt;
*Using the &amp;quot;Add category form&amp;quot; at the bottom of the page, set the parent of the new category to be the system context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I prevent a student from reviewing or jumping around questions in a quiz?==&lt;br /&gt;
You can block the quiz navigation block and the summary of quiz page with CSS code in a theme.   However, if a student fails to answer a question, they will not know if you implement this &amp;quot;solution&amp;quot;. Also if others on the site do not want this patch, make sure the theme you select for the course is not used by others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example using the Afterburner theme:   Site Administration &amp;gt;Appearance &amp;gt;Themes &amp;gt;Afterburner  and enter this in the CSS code area:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:div#mod_quiz_navblock {visibility:hidden;}&lt;br /&gt;
:table.quizsummaryofattempt {visibility:hidden;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other css solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I minimise the load on the server while using quizzes?==&lt;br /&gt;
*Try to avoid a lot of students starting a quiz at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
*Check these discussions:&lt;br /&gt;
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=213259&lt;br /&gt;
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215641&lt;br /&gt;
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215130&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For other notes on performance with quizzes, see the section &#039;Performance of different Moodle modules&#039; in [[Performance recommendations]].&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I make the quiz timer &amp;quot;float&amp;quot; or move down the page?==&lt;br /&gt;
See this forum thread: [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=210049 How to make the quiz timer float] for one suggestion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are images not included when exporting quiz questions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Images are only included if you export the questions using Moodle XML format. For all other question export formats (including GIFT), you will get broken images. Please see forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=244615 Students not able to see images in exported quiz questions]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why does the quiz timer keep counting down when the student is not looking at the quiz?==&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to stop the timer and start it again. Moodle cannot tell the difference between legitimate reasons for doing this (such as a fire alarm requiring evacuation of the test room) or a student simply using time going to another browser and googling the answers. Nor can Moodle tell if the connection has been lost, although the student does now get a warning MDL-42504&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It might be preferable in certain circumstances, such as timed examinations using Quiz, to manually  announce the start/end time, rather then rely on the quiz timer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further comments see:&lt;br /&gt;
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96194&lt;br /&gt;
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=177180&lt;br /&gt;
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237847&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can a &amp;quot;Never submitted quiz&amp;quot; be submitted?==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently  there is no way to retrieve an attempt that was &amp;quot;Never Submitted&amp;quot;, and get it back into the &amp;quot;In progress&amp;quot; state, but there is a tracker issue MDL-35745. Perhaps the best solution is to plan ahead and set your quiz to set your quiz to be submitted automatically.  Failing that, see also this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=212819 forum thread] which suggests:&lt;br /&gt;
# Update the quiz : set the &amp;quot;close the quiz&amp;quot; date after today&lt;br /&gt;
# Set &amp;quot;When time expires&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;There is a grace period ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Grade set &amp;quot;Attempts allowed&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;unlimited&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Question behavior: Each attempt builds on the last &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Invite the students who did not close their exams&lt;br /&gt;
# Allow them to start a new attempt, and close it immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I hide the number of marks available for each question?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not really possible unless you are prepared to edit the code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a custom theme, you can add CSS like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code css&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
.que .info .grade { display: none; }&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
or you could try to make it more specific, and only hide the grade before the question is answered:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code css&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
.que.answersaved .info .grade,&lt;br /&gt;
.que.invalidanswer .info .grade,&lt;br /&gt;
.que.notyetanswered .info .grade { display: none; }&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also add this CSS using the [[Header_and_footer|Additional HTML admin setting]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, you can alter the PHP code here: https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/4de51c25ae227a727dcba7c39f6f644a5d47ce7a/mod/quiz/locallib.php#L1820. Change that line to give the behaviour you want, e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$options-&amp;gt;marks = self::extract($quiz-&amp;gt;reviewmarks, $when,&lt;br /&gt;
                self::MARK_AND_MAX, self::HIDDEN);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be warned that any of these approaches will affect every quiz in the Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can a teacher dry run a quiz before it is released?==&lt;br /&gt;
* You have prepared a quiz exam for your students. It is currently in a hidden state.&lt;br /&gt;
* The exam opens on the day of the exam, at a time that the students know about.&lt;br /&gt;
* However, to satisfy yourself that it is doable in the time allotted, You wish to do a dry run yourself before that date.&lt;br /&gt;
* How can You accomplish this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Method 1===&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the Preview feature available to you as a teacher as you are making the quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Method 2===&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a dummy account with a name like &amp;quot;Test Student&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enrol that user in the course as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a &amp;quot;User override&amp;quot; to the quiz, so &amp;quot;Test Student&amp;quot; can attempt the quiz before it is open to everyone else.&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as &amp;quot;Test student&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the quiz.&lt;br /&gt;
* Log back in as teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
* Review the attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to Results -&amp;gt; Grades and delete the test attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
* Un-enrol &amp;quot;Test Student&amp;quot; from your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Method 3===&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up a Moodle Playground course for your teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add teachers with dual role (teacher and student).&lt;br /&gt;
* This provides them a place to test things out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Teachers can later copy the quiz/assignment/whatever over to their live class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I prevent a student doing a quiz for another student?==&lt;br /&gt;
For some ideas on preventing cheating, see the forum thread [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=271100#p1168345 User dependent locking and unlocking of quizzes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Quiz Time Limit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Moodle forum discussions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96326 Removing &amp;quot;Submit all and Finish&amp;quot; button]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=141003 How do you keep people from cheating while taking a quiz?]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=131325 Scientific notation in quiz answers]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158846 Quiz answers appear in wrong language]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=196206 Random Order Override]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Related FAQs:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Import and export FAQ]] - for hints on importing questions&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML FAQ]] - for information on creating and importing questions in Moodle XML format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.alfiekohn.org/teaching/cheating.htm Who is Cheating Whom] article&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Test FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Examen FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Grading_Quiz&amp;diff=115572</id>
		<title>Grading Quiz</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Grading_Quiz&amp;diff=115572"/>
		<updated>2014-10-28T00:20:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add link to plugin&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{stub}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quiz}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading quizzes==&lt;br /&gt;
Some questions auto mark.  Some need manual grading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quiz overview===&lt;br /&gt;
This enables you to grade one question at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manual Grading Report===&lt;br /&gt;
This enables you to grade all of one question on one page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information see [[Quiz_manual_grading_report|Manual Grading Report]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: there is a report plugin to enable you to grade all the questions for one student here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=quiz_gradingstudents  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Options====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Calificación del examen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=115133</id>
		<title>Media FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=115133"/>
		<updated>2014-10-02T21:54:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Another possible answer&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Working with media}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I put my video into a label or a page?==&lt;br /&gt;
While the embedding process is the same, adding a video to a label will mean it displays as soon as the user clicks on that course page. This can be beneficial if the video is, for example, an introduction to the course or an integral part of the whole course. However, if there are several videos in labels, they can slow the loading of the course down, especially if the videos are coming from an external site. Adding a video to a page in Moodle means that the user has to click a text link to reach the video, but it doesn&#039;t clutter up the main course page and it is a better choice if the course contains a large number of videos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==My embedded video is too big/small. How can I change its display size?==&lt;br /&gt;
*With the editing turned on, click the edit (hand/pen) icon to get into the HMTL editor where you embedded your video.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the HTML code icon:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Htmlcodeicon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*You will see the code of your video there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;For videos you uploaded yourself...&#039;&#039;&#039; Find the file extension (such as flv or wmv) and just &#039;&#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&#039; the file extension and &#039;&#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&#039; the &amp;quot;, type in &#039;&#039;?d=400x300&#039;&#039;(for example) where 400 and 300 are the width and height in pixels of the display size you wish your video to be:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizevideo.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;For external videos you embedded with embed code&#039;&#039;&#039;...Change the height and width numbers to the size in pixels you wish your video to be:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Youtuberesize.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Update&#039;&#039; and then, on the next screen, click &#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;. Your video will now display in a different size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why is the size and player for MP4 video clips hard coded?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure.  If anyone from out there knows, so far they have not let on any reasons.  See MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why won&#039;t my swf video play?==&lt;br /&gt;
The .swf format carries with it some security issues and so the filter that allows it to display is disabled by default. For you to be able to add .swf videos, your administrator needs to enable the filter in [[Multimedia_plugins|Multimedia plugins]], then to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Security&amp;gt;Site policies&#039;&#039; and check the &amp;quot;enable trusted content&amp;quot;  box. They then need to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Users&amp;gt;Permissions&amp;gt;Define roles&#039;&#039; and allow Trust Submitted content &#039;&#039;moodle/site:trustcontent&#039;&#039; for your role. However; swf will still not display in all areas of Moodle, for example forum posts. See this discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=183681#p800390| here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I convert my video file to an .FLV or other format?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are many sites online that allow you to upload a file which will then be converted and sent to you via a link or email. Zamzar [http://www.zamzar.com]or Youconvertit [http://www.youconvertit.com] are just two examples.&lt;br /&gt;
*However, if it is a large video file or you want to do the conversion off line, then the free Any Video Converter [http://www.any-video-converter.com/products/for_video_free/] (a downloadable program) will convert most video formats to most others.&lt;br /&gt;
*More and more full-featured MTS Video Converter [http://www.mtsconverterfree.com/]software free download a trial, to solve your problem more format conversions.&lt;br /&gt;
*The free and open source video player, VLC has the ability to convert to and from many video formats. For more details and downloads [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ visit their site].&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using Linux as your operating system either ffmpeg or avconv can both convert to FLV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have a .wma/wav file. How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are various free programs available that will convert one type of sound file to another. If you convert your file to an mp3 then you will be able to use Moodle&#039;s built-in mp3 player.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jodix Free WMA to MP3 converter [http://www.wma-mp3.org/] is just one example&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have an MP4 file.  How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player? (ie Flowplayer)==&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that the media filter is hard coded to NOT use Flowplayer for MP4.  &lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=208849#p914927.  Renaming an MP4 to an FLV seems to create a file that will play in Flowplayer.&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Media_embedding&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion about [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=232296#p1048676 how to play mp4 videos in Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can vote for a change here: MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What&#039;s the best way to manage/deploy MP4 files in Moodle? ==&lt;br /&gt;
And why bother about this?  MP4 is probably the most common format, and it will play on both Flash enabled and disabled devices.  It&#039;s a common question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See above.  Until we find out more information, it&#039;s difficult to get MP4 files into Moodle simply AND playing nicely.  ie pick ONE.&lt;br /&gt;
#To play nicely: you need to do complex embedding etc.  So it&#039;s not simple.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get them in simply: you drag and drop.  But then they don&#039; t play nicely, unless you want a small ugly looking product.&lt;br /&gt;
===The Videofile plugin option===&lt;br /&gt;
One option is the [[Videofile]] plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
*Download: https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Videofile&lt;br /&gt;
*About: https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Videofile&lt;br /&gt;
===The Re-naming option===&lt;br /&gt;
ie Don&#039;t use MP4&#039;s but rename to FLV&lt;br /&gt;
===The Youtube (etc) repository option===&lt;br /&gt;
Upload your file to Youtube and link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
===Possible use of the PooDLL plugin===&lt;br /&gt;
See discussion here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===??  There may be other options===&lt;br /&gt;
Please feel free to add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can you stop Flowplayer from preloading a video?==&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=184081&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Multimedia FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Medios FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=115132</id>
		<title>Media FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=115132"/>
		<updated>2014-10-02T21:53:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Another FAQ&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Working with media}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I put my video into a label or a page?==&lt;br /&gt;
While the embedding process is the same, adding a video to a label will mean it displays as soon as the user clicks on that course page. This can be beneficial if the video is, for example, an introduction to the course or an integral part of the whole course. However, if there are several videos in labels, they can slow the loading of the course down, especially if the videos are coming from an external site. Adding a video to a page in Moodle means that the user has to click a text link to reach the video, but it doesn&#039;t clutter up the main course page and it is a better choice if the course contains a large number of videos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==My embedded video is too big/small. How can I change its display size?==&lt;br /&gt;
*With the editing turned on, click the edit (hand/pen) icon to get into the HMTL editor where you embedded your video.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the HTML code icon:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Htmlcodeicon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*You will see the code of your video there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;For videos you uploaded yourself...&#039;&#039;&#039; Find the file extension (such as flv or wmv) and just &#039;&#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&#039; the file extension and &#039;&#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&#039; the &amp;quot;, type in &#039;&#039;?d=400x300&#039;&#039;(for example) where 400 and 300 are the width and height in pixels of the display size you wish your video to be:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizevideo.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;For external videos you embedded with embed code&#039;&#039;&#039;...Change the height and width numbers to the size in pixels you wish your video to be:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Youtuberesize.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Update&#039;&#039; and then, on the next screen, click &#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;. Your video will now display in a different size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why is the size and player for MP4 video clips hard coded?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure.  If anyone from out there knows, so far they have not let on any reasons.  See MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why won&#039;t my swf video play?==&lt;br /&gt;
The .swf format carries with it some security issues and so the filter that allows it to display is disabled by default. For you to be able to add .swf videos, your administrator needs to enable the filter in [[Multimedia_plugins|Multimedia plugins]], then to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Security&amp;gt;Site policies&#039;&#039; and check the &amp;quot;enable trusted content&amp;quot;  box. They then need to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Users&amp;gt;Permissions&amp;gt;Define roles&#039;&#039; and allow Trust Submitted content &#039;&#039;moodle/site:trustcontent&#039;&#039; for your role. However; swf will still not display in all areas of Moodle, for example forum posts. See this discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=183681#p800390| here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I convert my video file to an .FLV or other format?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are many sites online that allow you to upload a file which will then be converted and sent to you via a link or email. Zamzar [http://www.zamzar.com]or Youconvertit [http://www.youconvertit.com] are just two examples.&lt;br /&gt;
*However, if it is a large video file or you want to do the conversion off line, then the free Any Video Converter [http://www.any-video-converter.com/products/for_video_free/] (a downloadable program) will convert most video formats to most others.&lt;br /&gt;
*More and more full-featured MTS Video Converter [http://www.mtsconverterfree.com/]software free download a trial, to solve your problem more format conversions.&lt;br /&gt;
*The free and open source video player, VLC has the ability to convert to and from many video formats. For more details and downloads [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ visit their site].&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using Linux as your operating system either ffmpeg or avconv can both convert to FLV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have a .wma/wav file. How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are various free programs available that will convert one type of sound file to another. If you convert your file to an mp3 then you will be able to use Moodle&#039;s built-in mp3 player.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jodix Free WMA to MP3 converter [http://www.wma-mp3.org/] is just one example&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have an MP4 file.  How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player? (ie Flowplayer)==&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that the media filter is hard coded to NOT use Flowplayer for MP4.  &lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=208849#p914927.  Renaming an MP4 to an FLV seems to create a file that will play in Flowplayer.&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Media_embedding&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion about [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=232296#p1048676 how to play mp4 videos in Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can vote for a change here: MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What&#039;s the best way to manage/deploy MP4 files in Moodle? ==&lt;br /&gt;
And why bother about this?  MP4 is probably the most common format, and it will play on both Flash enabled and disabled devices.  It&#039;s a common question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See above.  Until we find out more information, it&#039;s difficult to get MP4 files into Moodle simply AND playing nicely.  ie pick ONE.&lt;br /&gt;
#To play nicely: you need to do complex embedding etc.  So it&#039;s not simple.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get them in simply: you drag and drop.  But then they don&#039; t play nicely, unless you want a small ugly looking product.&lt;br /&gt;
===The Videofile plugin option===&lt;br /&gt;
One option is the [[Videofile]] plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
*Download: https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Videofile&lt;br /&gt;
*About: https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Videofile&lt;br /&gt;
===The Re-naming option===&lt;br /&gt;
ie Don&#039;t use MP4&#039;s but rename to FLV&lt;br /&gt;
===The Youtube (etc) repository option===&lt;br /&gt;
Upload your file to Youtube and link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
===??  There may be other options===&lt;br /&gt;
Please feel free to add.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can you stop Flowplayer from preloading a video?==&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=184081&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Multimedia FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Medios FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Text_editor&amp;diff=115073</id>
		<title>Text editor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Text_editor&amp;diff=115073"/>
		<updated>2014-09-25T11:39:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Editing text}}&lt;br /&gt;
The text editor (sometimes referred to as the &#039;HTML editor&#039; has many icons to assist the user in entering content.  Many of these icons and functions should be familiar to anyone who uses a word processor.  However, writing for the web on the web is different, and especially with accessibility and design considerations Atto sometimes you may not do what you expect with a normal editor, or even the old default editor in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some comment on this, [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=265176 please see this post]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some examples of where you will see the text editor include: Editing Section headings, description of an activity, writing an answer to a quiz question or editing the content of many blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default text editor in Moodle is the Atto editor, built specifically for Moodle. There is also a version of the [[TinyMCE editor]] and a plain text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text editors can be enabled, disabled or a different one set to default from &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Text editors &amp;gt; Manage editors&#039;&#039;. The order of priority may also be specified here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An individual user can select an editor in their profile from &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; My Profile settings &amp;gt; Edit profile.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atto HTML editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Atto1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atto Row 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1:Expand&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.Style&lt;br /&gt;
| 3.Bold&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.Italic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5.Bulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
| 6.Numbered list&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.Add link&lt;br /&gt;
| 8.Unlink &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9.Add image&lt;br /&gt;
| 10.Add media&lt;br /&gt;
| 11.Manage embedded files&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Atto22.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atto Row 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1. Underline&lt;br /&gt;
| 2. Strikethrough&lt;br /&gt;
| 3. Subscript&lt;br /&gt;
| 4. Superscript&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5. Align left&lt;br /&gt;
| 6. Align centre&lt;br /&gt;
| 7. Align right&lt;br /&gt;
| 8. Increase indent &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9. Decrease indent&lt;br /&gt;
| 10. Equation editor&lt;br /&gt;
| 11. Special character&lt;br /&gt;
| 12. Table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 13. Clear formatting&lt;br /&gt;
| 14. Undo/redo&lt;br /&gt;
| 15. Undo/redo&lt;br /&gt;
| 16. Accessibility checker&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 17. Screenreader helper&lt;br /&gt;
| 18. HTML/code view&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation editor==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}If either the [[MathJax filter|MathJax]] or the [[TeX notation filter|TeX notation]] filters are enabled (in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Filters &amp;gt; Manage filters&#039;&#039;) then an equation editor button is provided in the toolbar for launching the equation editor.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:equation editor.png|thumb|Equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Toolbar settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can specify which plugins to display and in which order from &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Text editors &amp;gt; Atto HTML editor &amp;gt; Atto toolbar settings&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:atto-plugins.png|thumb|center|450px|Atto Plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extra plugins from the list (for example &#039;Font color&#039; or &#039;Emoticon&#039;) may be added by typing the toolbarconfig term into the toolbar config table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:toolbarconfig.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here for example are the available colours when &#039;fontcolor&#039; is added:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fontcolor.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons are displayed in related groups and the administrator can decide how many groups to display in the default collapsed state of the toolbar (that is, how many groups to display on Row 1).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Non default Atto plugins ====&lt;br /&gt;
Not all plugins are enabled by default and the administrator of each site should give careful thought as to which plugins they choose to enable for their users. Here are some things to consider before enabling the non-default plugins:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Background colour / Font colour =====&lt;br /&gt;
While these are very popular plugins, there are downsides to enabling their use on a site. Firstly - user specified colours may conflict visually with the site colours chosen by the theme designer. Even if the colours of the content does not conflict with the colours of the current theme, if the theme is changed in future, or the content is reused on a different site conflicts may be introduced. There are 2 possible types of conflicts, the first is just a visually unappealing combination of colours, the second is a combination of colours that may produce text that is hard to read for some people. It is preferable if the theme designer uses some interesting colours that meet the accessibility standards required for the site in the theme for the site, and the person creating the content simply uses the proper heading levels (for example) to make use of those styles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Emoticons =====&lt;br /&gt;
The emoticon plugin inserts text representations of the emoticons in the content. The emoticon filter is responsible for converting these text sequences into proper smiley images. The emoticon filter is not enabled by default, which is why the emoticon plugin for Atto is not enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== No-auto link =====&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the more plugins are added to the Atto toolbar, the harder it becomes to find specific plugins. Because the no-auto link plugin is not felt to be widely used it is not enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Right to left =====&lt;br /&gt;
Because this plugin is only useful for courses where text needs to be written in a mixture of both &amp;quot;left to right&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;right to left&amp;quot; languages, it is not enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle plugins directory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more plugins available for Atto than just those included in a default install. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=category&amp;amp;id=53 Moodle plugins directory] for additional plugins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Some examples include===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Equation editor settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equation editor commands may be removed, added or reordered in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Text editors &amp;gt; Atto HTML editor &amp;gt; Equation editor settings&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:equationeditor.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dragging/dropping images into the text editor==&lt;br /&gt;
* If your browser supports it, you can drag and drop images into a [[Page]], [[Questions]] and [[Labels]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Images dragged into a [[Forum ]] post will not appear.&lt;br /&gt;
* Images cannot be dragged and dropped using Chrome or IE, but it is possible with Firefox.&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=270053 This forum thread] has more discussion on the matter.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is a tracker item for drag and drop here: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-43996&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://youtu.be/GNQSK_fPV98 Moodle HQ screencast demonstrating Atto editor] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://youtu.be/ZoOAkpK9Oho The Moodle Text Editor - Atto] MoodleBites video on YouTube&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Text editor FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Embedded files repository]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=258631 New 2.7 Equation Editor - Missing Key Items] forum discussion and associated issue MDL-45067&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Site administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Text-Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Editor de texto]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Text_editor&amp;diff=115072</id>
		<title>Text editor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Text_editor&amp;diff=115072"/>
		<updated>2014-09-25T10:56:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Editing text}}&lt;br /&gt;
The text editor (sometimes referred to as the &#039;HTML editor&#039; has many icons to assist the user in entering content.  Many of these icons and functions should be familiar to anyone who uses a word processor.  However, writing for the web on the web is different, and especially with accessibility and design considerations Atto sometimes you may not do what you expect with a normal editor, or even the old default editor in Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some comment on this, [please see this post https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=265176]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some examples of where you will see the text editor include: Editing Section headings, description of an activity, writing an answer to a quiz question or editing the content of many blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default text editor in Moodle is the Atto editor, built specifically for Moodle. There is also a version of the [[TinyMCE editor]] and a plain text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text editors can be enabled, disabled or a different one set to default from &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Text editors &amp;gt; Manage editors&#039;&#039;. The order of priority may also be specified here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An individual user can select an editor in their profile from &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; My Profile settings &amp;gt; Edit profile.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atto HTML editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Atto1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atto Row 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1:Expand&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.Style&lt;br /&gt;
| 3.Bold&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.Italic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5.Bulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
| 6.Numbered list&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.Add link&lt;br /&gt;
| 8.Unlink &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9.Add image&lt;br /&gt;
| 10.Add media&lt;br /&gt;
| 11.Manage embedded files&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Atto22.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atto Row 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1. Underline&lt;br /&gt;
| 2. Strikethrough&lt;br /&gt;
| 3. Subscript&lt;br /&gt;
| 4. Superscript&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5. Align left&lt;br /&gt;
| 6. Align centre&lt;br /&gt;
| 7. Align right&lt;br /&gt;
| 8. Increase indent &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9. Decrease indent&lt;br /&gt;
| 10. Equation editor&lt;br /&gt;
| 11. Special character&lt;br /&gt;
| 12. Table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 13. Clear formatting&lt;br /&gt;
| 14. Undo/redo&lt;br /&gt;
| 15. Undo/redo&lt;br /&gt;
| 16. Accessibility checker&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 17. Screenreader helper&lt;br /&gt;
| 18. HTML/code view&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation editor==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}If either the [[MathJax filter|MathJax]] or the [[TeX notation filter|TeX notation]] filters are enabled (in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Filters &amp;gt; Manage filters&#039;&#039;) then an equation editor button is provided in the toolbar for launching the equation editor.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:equation editor.png|thumb|Equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Toolbar settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can specify which plugins to display and in which order from &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Text editors &amp;gt; Atto HTML editor &amp;gt; Atto toolbar settings&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:atto-plugins.png|thumb|center|450px|Atto Plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extra plugins from the list (for example &#039;Font color&#039; or &#039;Emoticon&#039;) may be added by typing the toolbarconfig term into the toolbar config table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:toolbarconfig.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here for example are the available colours when &#039;fontcolor&#039; is added:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fontcolor.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons are displayed in related groups and the administrator can decide how many groups to display in the default collapsed state of the toolbar (that is, how many groups to display on Row 1).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Non default Atto plugins ====&lt;br /&gt;
Not all plugins are enabled by default and the administrator of each site should give careful thought as to which plugins they choose to enable for their users. Here are some things to consider before enabling the non-default plugins:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Background colour / Font colour =====&lt;br /&gt;
While these are very popular plugins, there are downsides to enabling their use on a site. Firstly - user specified colours may conflict visually with the site colours chosen by the theme designer. Even if the colours of the content does not conflict with the colours of the current theme, if the theme is changed in future, or the content is reused on a different site conflicts may be introduced. There are 2 possible types of conflicts, the first is just a visually unappealing combination of colours, the second is a combination of colours that may produce text that is hard to read for some people. It is preferable if the theme designer uses some interesting colours that meet the accessibility standards required for the site in the theme for the site, and the person creating the content simply uses the proper heading levels (for example) to make use of those styles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Emoticons =====&lt;br /&gt;
The emoticon plugin inserts text representations of the emoticons in the content. The emoticon filter is responsible for converting these text sequences into proper smiley images. The emoticon filter is not enabled by default, which is why the emoticon plugin for Atto is not enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== No-auto link =====&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the more plugins are added to the Atto toolbar, the harder it becomes to find specific plugins. Because the no-auto link plugin is not felt to be widely used it is not enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Right to left =====&lt;br /&gt;
Because this plugin is only useful for courses where text needs to be written in a mixture of both &amp;quot;left to right&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;right to left&amp;quot; languages, it is not enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle plugins directory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more plugins available for Atto than just those included in a default install. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=category&amp;amp;id=53 Moodle plugins directory] for additional plugins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Some examples include===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Equation editor settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equation editor commands may be removed, added or reordered in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Text editors &amp;gt; Atto HTML editor &amp;gt; Equation editor settings&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:equationeditor.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dragging/dropping images into the text editor==&lt;br /&gt;
* If your browser supports it, you can drag and drop images into a [[Page]], [[Questions]] and [[Labels]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Images dragged into a [[Forum ]] post will not appear.&lt;br /&gt;
* Images cannot be dragged and dropped using Chrome or IE, but it is possible with Firefox.&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=270053 This forum thread] has more discussion on the matter.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is a tracker item for drag and drop here: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-43996&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://youtu.be/GNQSK_fPV98 Moodle HQ screencast demonstrating Atto editor] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://youtu.be/ZoOAkpK9Oho The Moodle Text Editor - Atto] MoodleBites video on YouTube&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Text editor FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Embedded files repository]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=258631 New 2.7 Equation Editor - Missing Key Items] forum discussion and associated issue MDL-45067&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Site administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Text-Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Editor de texto]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Text_editor&amp;diff=115071</id>
		<title>Text editor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Text_editor&amp;diff=115071"/>
		<updated>2014-09-25T10:50:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add tracker item&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Editing text}}&lt;br /&gt;
The text editor (sometimes referred to as the &#039;HTML editor&#039; has many icons to assist the user in entering content.  Many of these icons and functions should be familiar to anyone who uses a word processor. Some examples of where you will see the text editor include: Editing Section headings, description of an activity, writing an answer to a quiz question or editing the content of many blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default text editor in Moodle is the Atto editor, built specifically for Moodle. There is also a version of the [[TinyMCE editor]] and a plain text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text editors can be enabled, disabled or a different one set to default from &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Text editors &amp;gt; Manage editors&#039;&#039;. The order of priority may also be specified here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An individual user can select an editor in their profile from &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; My Profile settings &amp;gt; Edit profile.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atto HTML editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Atto1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atto Row 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1:Expand&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.Style&lt;br /&gt;
| 3.Bold&lt;br /&gt;
| 4.Italic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5.Bulleted list&lt;br /&gt;
| 6.Numbered list&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.Add link&lt;br /&gt;
| 8.Unlink &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9.Add image&lt;br /&gt;
| 10.Add media&lt;br /&gt;
| 11.Manage embedded files&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Atto22.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atto Row 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1. Underline&lt;br /&gt;
| 2. Strikethrough&lt;br /&gt;
| 3. Subscript&lt;br /&gt;
| 4. Superscript&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5. Align left&lt;br /&gt;
| 6. Align centre&lt;br /&gt;
| 7. Align right&lt;br /&gt;
| 8. Increase indent &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9. Decrease indent&lt;br /&gt;
| 10. Equation editor&lt;br /&gt;
| 11. Special character&lt;br /&gt;
| 12. Table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 13. Clear formatting&lt;br /&gt;
| 14. Undo/redo&lt;br /&gt;
| 15. Undo/redo&lt;br /&gt;
| 16. Accessibility checker&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 17. Screenreader helper&lt;br /&gt;
| 18. HTML/code view&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equation editor==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}If either the [[MathJax filter|MathJax]] or the [[TeX notation filter|TeX notation]] filters are enabled (in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Filters &amp;gt; Manage filters&#039;&#039;) then an equation editor button is provided in the toolbar for launching the equation editor.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:equation editor.png|thumb|Equation editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Toolbar settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can specify which plugins to display and in which order from &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Text editors &amp;gt; Atto HTML editor &amp;gt; Atto toolbar settings&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:atto-plugins.png|thumb|center|450px|Atto Plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extra plugins from the list (for example &#039;Font color&#039; or &#039;Emoticon&#039;) may be added by typing the toolbarconfig term into the toolbar config table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:toolbarconfig.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here for example are the available colours when &#039;fontcolor&#039; is added:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fontcolor.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons are displayed in related groups and the administrator can decide how many groups to display in the default collapsed state of the toolbar (that is, how many groups to display on Row 1).&lt;br /&gt;
==== Non default Atto plugins ====&lt;br /&gt;
Not all plugins are enabled by default and the administrator of each site should give careful thought as to which plugins they choose to enable for their users. Here are some things to consider before enabling the non-default plugins:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Background colour / Font colour =====&lt;br /&gt;
While these are very popular plugins, there are downsides to enabling their use on a site. Firstly - user specified colours may conflict visually with the site colours chosen by the theme designer. Even if the colours of the content does not conflict with the colours of the current theme, if the theme is changed in future, or the content is reused on a different site conflicts may be introduced. There are 2 possible types of conflicts, the first is just a visually unappealing combination of colours, the second is a combination of colours that may produce text that is hard to read for some people. It is preferable if the theme designer uses some interesting colours that meet the accessibility standards required for the site in the theme for the site, and the person creating the content simply uses the proper heading levels (for example) to make use of those styles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Emoticons =====&lt;br /&gt;
The emoticon plugin inserts text representations of the emoticons in the content. The emoticon filter is responsible for converting these text sequences into proper smiley images. The emoticon filter is not enabled by default, which is why the emoticon plugin for Atto is not enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== No-auto link =====&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the more plugins are added to the Atto toolbar, the harder it becomes to find specific plugins. Because the no-auto link plugin is not felt to be widely used it is not enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Right to left =====&lt;br /&gt;
Because this plugin is only useful for courses where text needs to be written in a mixture of both &amp;quot;left to right&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;right to left&amp;quot; languages, it is not enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle plugins directory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more plugins available for Atto than just those included in a default install. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=category&amp;amp;id=53 Moodle plugins directory] for additional plugins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Equation editor settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equation editor commands may be removed, added or reordered in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Text editors &amp;gt; Atto HTML editor &amp;gt; Equation editor settings&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:equationeditor.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dragging/dropping images into the text editor==&lt;br /&gt;
* If your browser supports it, you can drag and drop images into a [[Page]], [[Questions]] and [[Labels]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Images dragged into a [[Forum ]] post will not appear.&lt;br /&gt;
* Images cannot be dragged and dropped using Chrome or IE, but it is possible with Firefox.&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=270053 This forum thread] has more discussion on the matter.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is a tracker item for drag and drop here: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-43996&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://youtu.be/GNQSK_fPV98 Moodle HQ screencast demonstrating Atto editor] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://youtu.be/ZoOAkpK9Oho The Moodle Text Editor - Atto] MoodleBites video on YouTube&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Text editor FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Embedded files repository]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=258631 New 2.7 Equation Editor - Missing Key Items] forum discussion and associated issue MDL-45067&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Site administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Text-Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Editor de texto]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=114727</id>
		<title>Media FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=114727"/>
		<updated>2014-09-08T05:16:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: tracker link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Working with media}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I put my video into a label or a page?==&lt;br /&gt;
While the embedding process is the same, adding a video to a label will mean it displays as soon as the user clicks on that course page. This can be beneficial if the video is, for example, an introduction to the course or an integral part of the whole course. However, if there are several videos in labels, they can slow the loading of the course down, especially if the videos are coming from an external site. Adding a video to a page in Moodle means that the user has to click a text link to reach the video, but it doesn&#039;t clutter up the main course page and it is a better choice if th course contains a large number of videos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==My embedded video is too big/small. How can I change its display size?==&lt;br /&gt;
*With the editing turned on, click the edit (hand/pen) icon to get into the HMTL editor where you embedded your video.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the HTML code icon:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Htmlcodeicon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*You will see the code of your video there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;For videos you uploaded yourself...&#039;&#039;&#039; Find the file extension (such as flv or wmv) and just &#039;&#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&#039; the file extension and &#039;&#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&#039; the &amp;quot;, type in &#039;&#039;?d=400x300&#039;&#039;(for example) where 400 and 300 are the width and height in pixels of the display size you wish your video to be:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizevideo.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;For external videos you embedded with embed code&#039;&#039;&#039;...Change the height and width numbers to the size in pixels you wish your video to be:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Youtuberesize.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Update&#039;&#039; and then, on the next screen, click &#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;. Your video will now display in a different size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why is the size and player for MP4 video clips hard coded?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure.  If anyone from out there knows, so far they have not let on any reasons.  See MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why won&#039;t my swf video play?==&lt;br /&gt;
The .swf format carries with it some security issues and so the filter that allows it to display is disabled by default. For you to be able to add .swf videos, your administrator needs to enable the filter in [[Multimedia_plugins|Multimedia plugins]], then to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Security&amp;gt;Site policies&#039;&#039; and check the &amp;quot;enable trusted content&amp;quot;  box. They then need to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Users&amp;gt;Permissions&amp;gt;Define roles&#039;&#039; and allow Trust Submitted content &#039;&#039;moodle/site:trustcontent&#039;&#039; for your role. However; swf will still not display in all areas of Moodle, for example forum posts. See this discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=183681#p800390| here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I convert my video file to an .FLV or other format?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are many sites online that allow you to upload a file which will then be converted and sent to you via a link or email. Zamzar [http://www.zamzar.com]or Youconvertit [http://www.youconvertit.com] are just two examples.&lt;br /&gt;
*However, if it is a large video file or you want to do the conversion off line, then the free Any Video Converter [http://www.any-video-converter.com/products/for_video_free/] (a downloadable program) will convert most video formats to most others.&lt;br /&gt;
*More and more full-featured MTS Video Converter [http://www.mtsconverterfree.com/]software free download a trial, to solve your problem more format conversions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have a .wma/wav file. How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are various free programs available that will convert one type of sound file to another. If you convert your file to an mp3 then you will be able to use Moodle&#039;s built-in mp3 player.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jodix Free WMA to MP3 converter [http://www.wma-mp3.org/] is just one example&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have an MP4 file.  How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player? (ie Flowplayer)==&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that the media filter is hard coded to NOT use Flowplayer for MP4.  &lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=208849#p914927.  Renaming an MP4 to an FLV seems to create a file that will play in Flowplayer.&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Media_embedding&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion about [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=232296#p1048676 how to play mp4 videos in Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
*You can try the [[Videofile]] plugin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can vote for a change here: MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can you stop Flowplayer from preloading a video?==&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=184081&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Multimedia FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Medios FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=114726</id>
		<title>Media FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Media_FAQ&amp;diff=114726"/>
		<updated>2014-09-08T05:15:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Extra question&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Working with media}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I put my video into a label or a page?==&lt;br /&gt;
While the embedding process is the same, adding a video to a label will mean it displays as soon as the user clicks on that course page. This can be beneficial if the video is, for example, an introduction to the course or an integral part of the whole course. However, if there are several videos in labels, they can slow the loading of the course down, especially if the videos are coming from an external site. Adding a video to a page in Moodle means that the user has to click a text link to reach the video, but it doesn&#039;t clutter up the main course page and it is a better choice if th course contains a large number of videos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==My embedded video is too big/small. How can I change its display size?==&lt;br /&gt;
*With the editing turned on, click the edit (hand/pen) icon to get into the HMTL editor where you embedded your video.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the HTML code icon:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Htmlcodeicon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*You will see the code of your video there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;For videos you uploaded yourself...&#039;&#039;&#039; Find the file extension (such as flv or wmv) and just &#039;&#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&#039; the file extension and &#039;&#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&#039; the &amp;quot;, type in &#039;&#039;?d=400x300&#039;&#039;(for example) where 400 and 300 are the width and height in pixels of the display size you wish your video to be:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizevideo.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;For external videos you embedded with embed code&#039;&#039;&#039;...Change the height and width numbers to the size in pixels you wish your video to be:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Youtuberesize.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;Update&#039;&#039; and then, on the next screen, click &#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;. Your video will now display in a different size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why is the size and player for MP4 video clips hard coded?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure.  If anyone from out there knows, so far they have not let on any reasons.  See MDL-43385&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why won&#039;t my swf video play?==&lt;br /&gt;
The .swf format carries with it some security issues and so the filter that allows it to display is disabled by default. For you to be able to add .swf videos, your administrator needs to enable the filter in [[Multimedia_plugins|Multimedia plugins]], then to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Security&amp;gt;Site policies&#039;&#039; and check the &amp;quot;enable trusted content&amp;quot;  box. They then need to go to &#039;&#039;Site Administration&amp;gt;Users&amp;gt;Permissions&amp;gt;Define roles&#039;&#039; and allow Trust Submitted content &#039;&#039;moodle/site:trustcontent&#039;&#039; for your role. However; swf will still not display in all areas of Moodle, for example forum posts. See this discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=183681#p800390| here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I convert my video file to an .FLV or other format?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are many sites online that allow you to upload a file which will then be converted and sent to you via a link or email. Zamzar [http://www.zamzar.com]or Youconvertit [http://www.youconvertit.com] are just two examples.&lt;br /&gt;
*However, if it is a large video file or you want to do the conversion off line, then the free Any Video Converter [http://www.any-video-converter.com/products/for_video_free/] (a downloadable program) will convert most video formats to most others.&lt;br /&gt;
*More and more full-featured MTS Video Converter [http://www.mtsconverterfree.com/]software free download a trial, to solve your problem more format conversions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have a .wma/wav file. How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player?==&lt;br /&gt;
*There are various free programs available that will convert one type of sound file to another. If you convert your file to an mp3 then you will be able to use Moodle&#039;s built-in mp3 player.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jodix Free WMA to MP3 converter [http://www.wma-mp3.org/] is just one example&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I have an MP4 file.  How can I play it in Moodle&#039;s player? (ie Flowplayer)==&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that the media filter is hard coded to NOT use Flowplayer for MP4.  &lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=208849#p914927.  Renaming an MP4 to an FLV seems to create a file that will play in Flowplayer.&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Media_embedding&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion about [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=232296#p1048676 how to play mp4 videos in Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
*You can try the [[Videofile]] plugin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can you stop Flowplayer from preloading a video?==&lt;br /&gt;
*See the discussion here: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=184081&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Multimedia FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Medios FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Book_FAQ&amp;diff=114723</id>
		<title>Book FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Book_FAQ&amp;diff=114723"/>
		<updated>2014-09-08T05:02:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Why is font hard coded?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Book}}&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable students to edit a book?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students are not supposed to be able to edit book; allowing it would be a serious security issue. The [[Capabilities/mod/book:edit|capability to edit book chapters]] is intended strictly for trusted users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable students to import web pages?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not allow students to import or edit books! Only trusted users should have the [[Capabilities/mod/book:edit|capability to edit book chapters]] and the [[Capabilities/booktool/importhtml:import|capability to import chapters]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I enable teachers to export a book to IMS content package?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow the [[Capabilities/booktool/exportimscp:export|capability to export to IMS CP]] for the role of teacher then go to &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Book administration &amp;gt; Generate IMS CP&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why only two levels?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two levels are generally enough for all books, three levels may lead to poorly structured documents. The Book module is designed for the creation of short multi-page study materials. Consider uploading a file in PDF format for longer documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I search within a book resource?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no internal search facility, though you can always use your web browser&#039;s search capability in print page view.&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I import a powerpoint into a book?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=218473 Semi-automated Powerpoint to Book import macro]for one possible method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I change the font of the print view for Book?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not easily. In book view your theme controls how is your book is displayed, where as during printing, book/tool/print/print.css determines the font, which is defaulted to Times New Roman.  See https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=220147#p972743&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#A hack: you can in Print view use some utility like [http://getfirebug.com/ Firebug] to change the font.&lt;br /&gt;
#Another hack: Also see suggestion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=220147#p1066265&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why does Moodle hard code the print CSS to output books in Print format?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure.  If anyone at Moodle knows, so far they are not telling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=208324 Moving Book from One Course to Another] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Buch FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Template:More_to_come_here&amp;diff=114168</id>
		<title>Template:More to come here</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Template:More_to_come_here&amp;diff=114168"/>
		<updated>2014-08-15T03:40:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Just a little bit of a template to save me typing&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;- &#039;&#039;&#039;More to come here (You are welcome to add something of course!!)&#039;&#039;&#039; -&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Legacy_course_files&amp;diff=113346</id>
		<title>Legacy course files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Legacy_course_files&amp;diff=113346"/>
		<updated>2014-06-28T22:03:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: /* In backups, are legacy files included with a course? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Repositories}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: This page only applies to sites which have been upgraded from Moodle 1.9.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 onwards, files are stored in separate areas, rather than together in the course files area. See [[Course files]] for a detailed explanation. When a site is upgraded from 1.9, the course files area is renamed &#039;Legacy course files&#039;. By default, this area is not available in new courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It is recommended that teachers make use of the new [[Repositories|repositories]] in Moodle 2.0 for storing course files, rather than saving them in the legacy course files area&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling legacy course files areas==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable a legacy course files area in a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable the legacy course files repository plugin in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Repositories &amp;gt; [[Manage repositories]]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the legacyfilesinnewcourses box in the Manage repositories common settings then click the &#039;Save changes&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set &#039;Legacy course files&#039; to Yes in the course settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A legacy course files link will then appear in the &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Course administration&#039;&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Repository capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The capabilities [[Capabilities/repository/coursefiles:view|Use course files repository plugin]] and [[Capabilities/moodle/course:managefiles|Manage files]] are both required for users to access the legacy course files area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you find out disk volume of legacy files?===&lt;br /&gt;
No.  You will need a custom report of some kind.  See http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201601&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where are legacy files stored?===&lt;br /&gt;
For one explanation, see http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=164544&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is there a way to delete legacy files en masse?===&lt;br /&gt;
Not at the moment.  Tracker item: http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-36008 and discussion: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209353&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also a comment here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=234922#p1020379&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is there a way to prevent new additions to legacy files?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes. Unchecking [[Managing_repositories#Allow adding to legacy course files|Allow adding to legacy course files]] in &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Repositories &amp;gt; Common repository settings&#039;&#039; will prevent users from adding new files and directories to legacy course files, but they will still be able to delete files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What happens if you switch legacy files off in a site that has been upgraded and has a lot of legacy files?===&lt;br /&gt;
Unsure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you migrate a course from 1.9 to 2+ and NOT end up with a legacy files repository?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, you can. If you restore as a Teacher into the course you&#039;re currently present in (best if it&#039;s empty) and don&#039;t override any settings then the Legacy Files will not be added as a Repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What happens to the Legacy files in a course imported from 1.9 to 2.x that is re-imported into another 2.x?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In backups, are legacy files included with a course?===&lt;br /&gt;
Seems to be the case: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=194981&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also check out https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=251415&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Long term, will there be any problem keeping a large number of Legacy files?===&lt;br /&gt;
Possibly if you want to import (as opposed to restore) you may lose legacy files.  See &lt;br /&gt;
*http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-25631&lt;br /&gt;
*http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-32598&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What happens if legacy files were previously enabled and then the legacy course files repository is disabled?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legacy course files are displayed if they have ever been enabled on the course, but can be disabled at the course level in the course settings. Any new courses created will not have a legacy course files area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Also see==&lt;br /&gt;
*http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=172559&lt;br /&gt;
*http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=197746&lt;br /&gt;
*https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=234922&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja: レガシーコースファイル]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Legacy-Kursdateien]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Archivos de curso heredados]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Derek_Chirnside/Wish_List&amp;diff=111519</id>
		<title>User:Derek Chirnside/Wish List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Derek_Chirnside/Wish_List&amp;diff=111519"/>
		<updated>2014-03-31T01:56:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Just some thinking aloud.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==The wish list==&lt;br /&gt;
Copied from https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=245531 and I may get round to editing this sometime.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File management. Mainly deleting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I know it is official Moodle policy to encourage the use of repositories, but there are still times when there is a need to use the various file areas. Deleting is a one by one operation in many places that we often use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bulk delete in legacy files: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-36008&lt;br /&gt;
#Bulk delete in User Private Backup Area: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-33671&lt;br /&gt;
#Bulk delete in Automated backup area:&lt;br /&gt;
#Bulk delete when editing a folder: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-36121&lt;br /&gt;
#There are probably more.  Is it possible to get this sorted in all these areas with just one fix?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Better image insertion into posts. Click and drag into the editor?===&lt;br /&gt;
Rationale: this is one of the most common things one does in a course with lots of interaction via forums. Tracker: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-40172 &lt;br /&gt;
===Ability to manage the resizing of images when uploading into the editor=== &lt;br /&gt;
Rationale: people still don&#039;t get this!! https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-32183&lt;br /&gt;
==Reports==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few basic extra reports that would be good. The problem of course is performance hits. &amp;quot;Give me a print our of the courses yet to be completed by our 23,000 students&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is one of the reports that have good justification for being in core:&lt;br /&gt;
*SPAM accounts deletion help. Maybe &amp;quot;A member of no courses report&amp;quot; - tracker item: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-19190.  Yes I know there are other ways to skin this cat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are five or six more I&#039;d like, but I decided they really were too idiosyncratic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quizzes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a complex issue.  Plugable questions and the new question engine are now humming along.  But from a functionality point of view, here are two things I think would give good bang for buck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Improved view to mark a test for a single student===&lt;br /&gt;
https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-43310&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rationale:  if you need to mark a quiz for one student, you need to click in and out of every question individually.  Could be improved.  &lt;br /&gt;
===Provide a way to ask a series of short free response questions with an associated quick marking page===&lt;br /&gt;
Rationale: some answers are short but too complex to mark automatically, even with the OU AI smarts built in. You just want a bunch of short answers to mark manually. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tracker item: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-31581&lt;br /&gt;
*And a bonus random: I&#039;d love a tweet question, 135 characters free response.&lt;br /&gt;
==Forums in separate groups mode==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ONE post to reach all groups===&lt;br /&gt;
I know this issue of forums is a complex issue.  One reason ordinary forums in groups mode can cause grief for teachers:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have 27 groups. It is not possible to write ONE post in a basic forum in groups mode and have it in all groups and able to be replied to. https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-19670  This has huge benefits for MOOC&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
==Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No ability to self sign up.  (surely!!)  Good also for MOOCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Book==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why is ugly printing hard coded?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Journal_module&amp;diff=111383</id>
		<title>Journal module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Journal_module&amp;diff=111383"/>
		<updated>2014-03-27T19:53:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity&lt;br /&gt;
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=mod_journal&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB/component/10880&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=736&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = David Monllaó&lt;br /&gt;
|float = Right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Background==&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 the Journal was removed from the core install, and is now available only as a plugin.  For the history, please see this discussion: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96334&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The purpose of the Journal==&lt;br /&gt;
What makes it different from an Online Assignment?  How could you use it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Journal==&lt;br /&gt;
In the shift from 1.9 to 2.x the help files seemed to get lost.  I could not find any really current material, but there are some screenshots here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=257145 (from AL).  If you do do a little fixing up of the docs, delete this message. --[[User:Derek Chirnside|Derek Chirnside]] ([[User talk:Derek Chirnside|talk]]) 03:52, 28 March 2014 (WST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Módulo Journal]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Journal_module&amp;diff=111380</id>
		<title>Journal module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Journal_module&amp;diff=111380"/>
		<updated>2014-03-27T19:52:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Just a few tweaks to the journal docs&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity&lt;br /&gt;
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=mod_journal&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB/component/10880&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=736&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = David Monllaó&lt;br /&gt;
|float = Right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Background==&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 the Journal was removed from the core install, and is now available only as a plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The purpose of the Journal==&lt;br /&gt;
What makes it different from an Online Assignment?  How could you use it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Journal==&lt;br /&gt;
In the shift from 1.9 to 2.x the help files seemed to get lost.  I could not find any really current material, but there are some screenshots here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=257145 (from AL).  If you do do a little fixing up of the docs, delete this message. --[[User:Derek Chirnside|Derek Chirnside]] ([[User talk:Derek Chirnside|talk]]) 03:52, 28 March 2014 (WST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Módulo Journal]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_Menu_block&amp;diff=111121</id>
		<title>Course Menu block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_Menu_block&amp;diff=111121"/>
		<updated>2014-03-18T00:38:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Block, Course Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=block_course_menu&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-27039 and see https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=169107#p741779&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-27039&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:Alex Contis|Alex Contis]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick start for some documentation for the Course Menu Block plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get the code and information about the block here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=block_course_menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a tracker item suggesting this is worth putting in core. https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-27039&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What this block does==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no simple section to section navigation in regular moodle.  The course menu bock takes the title of each section and puts them in a menu block.  When combined with a format that shows one section per page, you then have simple section &amp;lt;&amp;gt; section navigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Course Menu.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other links in the block==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are configurable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History of this block==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Bloque del menú del curso]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Talk:Forum_FAQ&amp;diff=110949</id>
		<title>Talk:Forum FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Talk:Forum_FAQ&amp;diff=110949"/>
		<updated>2014-03-09T20:21:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Suggested FAQ addition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;How can a teacher see all of a student&#039;s forum posts in a course?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;How can students see all of their forum posts on Moodle?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t find it addressed anywhere obvious, and it&#039;s a basic need for quick navigation and assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Yes, a good addition Clay. Maybe a link to the tracker items for this may help as well. --[[User:Derek Chirnside|Derek Chirnside]] ([[User talk:Derek Chirnside|talk]]) 04:21, 10 March 2014 (WST)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Grader_report_LAE&amp;diff=109949</id>
		<title>Grader report LAE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Grader_report_LAE&amp;diff=109949"/>
		<updated>2014-02-13T22:55:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: A start to the documentation for this.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a new plugin, and a quick start to some docs.  Please add as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#On the plugins database: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=gradereport_laeuser&lt;br /&gt;
#In the forums, some help: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=254137&lt;br /&gt;
#On GIT: https://github.com/bobpuffer/moodle-gradereport_laeuser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What this does==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Features, advantages and benefits===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We know that students perform better given clear expectations and immediate and constant feedback because they feel they are more in control of the ultimate outcome. When students feel in control of their college outcome they stick around to graduate. This is what the new LAE User student grade report is all about&amp;quot;  (Lifted from Bob&#039;s post in the thread mentioned above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_Menu_block&amp;diff=109948</id>
		<title>Course Menu block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_Menu_block&amp;diff=109948"/>
		<updated>2014-02-13T22:25:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: add tracker item&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a quick start for some documentation for the Course Menu Block plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get the code and information about the block here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=block_course_menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a tracker item suggesting this is worth putting in core. https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-27039&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What this block does==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no simple section to section navigation in regular moodle.  The course menu bock takes the title of each section and puts them in a menu block.  When combined with a format that shows one section per page, you then have simple section &amp;lt;&amp;gt; section navigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Course Menu.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other links in the block==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are configurable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History of this block==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_Menu_block&amp;diff=109947</id>
		<title>Course Menu block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_Menu_block&amp;diff=109947"/>
		<updated>2014-02-13T22:18:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a quick start for some documentation for the Course Menu Block plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get the code and information about the block here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=block_course_menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What this block does==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no simple section to section navigation in regular moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course menu bock takes the title of each section and puts them in a menu block.  When combined with a format that shows one section per page, you then have simple section &amp;lt;&amp;gt; section navigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Course Menu.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other links in the block==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are configurable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History of this block==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_Menu_block&amp;diff=109945</id>
		<title>Course Menu block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_Menu_block&amp;diff=109945"/>
		<updated>2014-02-13T22:13:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Just a little more documentation for course menu&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a quick start for some documentation for the Course Menu Block plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get the code and information about the block here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=block_course_menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What this block does==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no simple section to section navigation in regular moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course menu bock takes the title of each section and puts them in a menu block.  When combined with a format that shows one section per page, you then have simple section &amp;lt;&amp;gt; section navigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Course Menu.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other links in the block==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are configurable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History of this block==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=File:Course_Menu.png&amp;diff=109944</id>
		<title>File:Course Menu.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=File:Course_Menu.png&amp;diff=109944"/>
		<updated>2014-02-13T22:11:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Course Menu ilustration (1)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Course Menu ilustration (1)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Drag_and_drop_into_text&amp;diff=109176</id>
		<title>Drag and drop into text</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Drag_and_drop_into_text&amp;diff=109176"/>
		<updated>2014-01-22T01:37:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Add video link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Questions}}A drag and drop question type where missing words have to be dragged into gaps in a paragraph of text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:danddqruntimem2.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a question type created and maintained by the Open University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== More documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More [http://labspace.open.ac.uk/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=470268&amp;amp;section=5.4.1 http://labspace.open.ac.uk/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=470268&amp;amp;section=5.4.1 documentation is available] on the Open University&#039;s [http://www.open.edu/openlearn/ OpenLearn site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nice YouTube video clip: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ohoTEfiNGA4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=set&amp;amp;id=10 Other Moodle plugins from the Open University]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=category&amp;amp;id=29 Other third-party question type plugins]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://labspace.open.ac.uk/course/view.php?id=3484 eAssessment at the Open University with open source software]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Open University]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Tipo de pregunta arrastrar y soltar al texto]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_homepage&amp;diff=107900</id>
		<title>Course homepage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_homepage&amp;diff=107900"/>
		<updated>2013-11-19T20:51:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: /* To delete a course section */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Courses}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Standard view of a blank course==&lt;br /&gt;
Our examples will be for a course homepage that is the standard default for a new install on a site.  There are many course options that determine a course&#039;s appearance and make it look very different from our examples. The example course has a header, a footer (both content largely determined by a theme) and 3 columns in the middle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Blankcourselayout.png|thumb|600px|none|Example of Weekly format, teacher view, edit off - [https://docs.moodle.org/20/en/File:Blankcourselayout.png full resolution here]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parts of a course homepage===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above image, here are the parts of a typical course homepage.  It is possible to move and hide parts of the page and different themes display blocks in different regions,  so not all courses will look like this.&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;width:75%; height:200px&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Column left || Course sections - Center || Column right&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| *1 [[Course_settings#Full_name|Course full name]] || *6 Section header &amp;amp; [[News forum|News topic]] || *9 Login information&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| *2 [[Course_settings#Short_name|Navigation bar]] ||*7 Current week - First section || *10 Turn editing on button&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *4 [[Navigation block]]|| *8 Future week  - Second section|| *11 [[Latest News block|Latest news]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *5 [[Administration block]]||*14 &amp;quot;Show only this section&amp;quot;  || *12 [[Upcoming Events block|Upcoming events]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *15 &amp;quot;Switch role to&amp;quot;||  || *13 [[Recent Activity block|Recent activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *16 User profile settings ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *17 Site Administration || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Course sections== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Course sections are displayed in the centre of the course page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To edit a course section===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the edit icon after the section title&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If [[Conditional activities]] are enabled for the site, access to the section (including all activities and resources within it) may be restricted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of course sections in the centre column may be changed in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Course administration &amp;gt; Edit settings&#039;&#039; or by clicking the plus or minus icons at the bottom of the course page when editing is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:editing a section.png|thumb|Editing a course section]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:increasereduce.png|thumb|Changing the number of course sections]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To move a course section===&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn editing on&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the up/down arrow or the crosshairs icon to move the section&lt;br /&gt;
#Drag the section to where you want to position it and let go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The ability to move course sections is controlled by the capability [[Capabilities/moodle/course:movesections|moodle/course:movesections]], which is allowed for the default role of teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
===To delete a course section===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no way to delete a course section as such.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Three options for a work around are in this post: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=243077&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a plugin here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=block_quickset&lt;br /&gt;
#The tracker item https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-10405 has a hack that seems to work (updated for 2.6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Blocks==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blocks are displayed in the right and/or left columns of the course page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a block to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the editing by clicking the button top right or the link in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Course administration&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select a block from the &amp;quot;Add block&amp;quot; dropdown menu (usually situated bottom right of the page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a block&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure editing is turned on then click onto the block title until the crosshair icon appears&lt;br /&gt;
#While keeping the block selected, drag it to where you want to position it and let go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the up/down arrow&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the place holder (a zone with a dashed border) where you want the block to appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:moveblocksnew.png|thumb|Crosshair icon for moving a block]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Moveblocks.png|thumb|Up/down arrow icon for moving a block]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Activities and resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an activity or resource to the course&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the editing by clicking the button top right or the link in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Course administration.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;Add an activity or resource&#039; to open the new activity chooser. Select an activity or resource then click the Add button, or simply double-click on the activity or resource name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If desired, the activity chooser can be switched off via &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Course administration &amp;gt; Activity chooser off&#039;&#039;. Activities and resources can then be added using dropdown menus. (The setting appears only when editing is turned on.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Moodle admin can switch this off by default in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; AJAX and Javascript&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:activity chooser.png|thumb|The activity chooser]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, certain resources and activities may be added using drag and drop:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a [[File|file]], simply drag and drop it onto the course section where you&#039;d like it to appear&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a [[Folder|folder of files]], simply zip the folder then drag and drop it onto the course section where you&#039;d like it to appear, answer &#039;Unzip files and create folder&#039; to the popup dialogue, then click the upload button&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a [[SCORM module|SCORM package]], simply drag and drop it onto the course section where you&#039;d like it to appear, answer &#039;Add a SCORM package&#039; to the popup dialogue, then click the upload button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing elements on your course homepage==&lt;br /&gt;
With the editing turned on, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will have icons next to it which all perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Your theme may have icons different from these below:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:hide24.png]] - the open-eye icon means an item is visible to students. It will close when you click on it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:closedeye24.png]] - the eye with a strike through icon means an item is hidden from students. It will open when you click on it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:26duplicate.png|61px|]] - the duplicate icon allows you to copy an activity or resource. It&#039;s done directly on the course page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:moveajax24.png]]- the move icon allows you to move items or sections by dragging and dropping.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:movenoajaz241.png]] - this move icon appears if you don&#039;t have Ajax enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:groups24.png]] - the groups icon allows you to change between no groups or separate/visible groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:26actionicon.png|150px]] - this icon groups actions together for easier editing on smaller screens. Click to reveal the options. {{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:movenoajax24.png]] - the move here icon appears when moving a course element without Ajax. Click into the box to re-locate your item. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:topicmove24.png]] - the up/down arrows allow you to move course sections up or down and  appear if you do not have Ajax enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:delete24.png]] - the delete icon will permanently delete something from the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:groups24.png]] - the groups icon allows you to change between no groups or separate/visible groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:assignroles24.png]] - the roles icon allows you to assign roles locally in the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following icon only applies to sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:lightbulb24.png]] - the highlight  icon allows you to highlight a section as current.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make your course home page look more like a webpage - see [[Course FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Activity and resource descriptions can be displayed on the course page just below the link to the activity or resource by clicking the &#039;Display description on course page&#039; checkbox in the activity or resource settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Course homepage capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Capabilities/moodle/course:sectionvisibility|Control section visibility]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Capabilities/moodle/course:setcurrentsection|Set current section]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://prezi.com/oays--oappai/making-my-moodle/ A useful Prezi from a student teacher on designing an effective Moodle course]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/Je9udHLCIv0 How to quickly rename activities and use the activity chooser screencast]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/1You5H_NXM0 Quickly add a course section in Moodle 2.3 screencast]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/Yy6-Sg7z7A4 Drag and drop blocks in Moodle 2.3 screencast]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:course/view]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Page de cours]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:コースホームページ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Kursseite]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Forum_FAQ&amp;diff=107417</id>
		<title>Forum FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Forum_FAQ&amp;diff=107417"/>
		<updated>2013-11-04T06:37:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: new FAQ about moderated posts&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Forum}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are students unable to post in the forum?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most likely reason is that the forum is a [[News forum]] i.e. a special forum for general announcements which is automatically created for each course, and which by default only teachers and administrators can post in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a standard forum in which students can post, turn editing on for the course, click the &#039;Add an activity or resource&#039; link and then choose Forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students may also be unable to post to a forum where a [[Forum_settings#Common_module_settings|Group Mode]] other than &#039;No Groups&#039; has been used but the student is not a member of any group in the course.  They will see the message &amp;quot;Adding discussions to this forum requires group membership&amp;quot;.  In this case, either add the student to a [[Groups|group]] or change the [[Forum_settings#Common_module_settings|Group Mode]] to &#039;No Groups&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I enable students to rate forum posts?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Forum administration &amp;gt; Permissions&#039;&#039; click the + symbol opposite the capability to rate posts and allow the role of student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why can I not get ratings to work on my forums?==&lt;br /&gt;
Assuming you have followed the instructions above correctly and still cannot see ratings, then check you have json support enabled on your server. You can see this in &#039;&#039;Settings&amp;gt;Site administration&amp;gt;Server&amp;gt;PHP info.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Json.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also this discussion:[ http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=170563]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I create a teacher-only forum?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher/tutor-only forum may be added to a course by creating a hidden forum. Teachers are able to view hidden course activities whereas students cannot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==My users can&#039;t add attachments to my forum, either with drag and drop or with the file picker.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check that in the forum settings that you have changed the maximum number of attachments allowed to a number greater than 0 ;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I remove the news forum from a course?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the news forum from the course homepage.&lt;br /&gt;
#In &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Course administration &amp;gt; Edit settings&#039;&#039; set &amp;quot;News items to show&amp;quot; to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Latest news block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I remove test messages from a new forum?==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options ([http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=95470 Here is a nice graphic]).  Remember you can &lt;br /&gt;
*Move the discussion/thread to another forum&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit the post with your moderator powers&lt;br /&gt;
*Delete the post with your moderator powers&lt;br /&gt;
*Split the thread at a particular post and move it to another thread &lt;br /&gt;
*Split&amp;gt;move&amp;gt;delete your test messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I set a display period for news forum announcements?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Timed posts are disabled by default, but the feature can be enabled by checking the &#039;&#039;forum_enabletimedposts&#039;&#039; checkbox in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Activity modules &amp;gt; Forum&#039;&#039;. Timed posts can then be created by users with the [[Capabilities/mod/forum:viewhiddentimedposts|capability to view hidden timed posts]] (normally managers and teachers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are email copies of forum posts not being sent?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most likely reason is that the cron is not set up. Please refer to the [[Cron|cron instructions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips:&lt;br /&gt;
* Try the default settings in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Message outputs &amp;gt; Email&#039;&#039;. This generally works.&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure that &#039;Allow user to select character set&#039; in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Message outputs &amp;gt; Email&#039;&#039; is set to No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why can&#039;t students in separate groups reply to a forum discussion started by a teacher?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using groups, teachers are given the option of adding a new discussion topic for all participants or for a selected group. To enable students in separate groups to reply to a discussion, the teacher must copy and paste their discussion topic for each separate group, selecting each group from the dropdown menu at the top left of the forum page before clicking the &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I enable guests to post in a forum?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s not possible to enable guests to post in a forum, though there is a workaround. Please see the section &#039;Guests and posting in a forum&#039; in [[Forum settings]] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I close/archive a forum?==&lt;br /&gt;
*You might want to do this if, for example, you want to put an end to a student discussion topic but still want them to be able to see posts which had been made without being able to reply any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Forum administration &amp;gt; Permissions&#039;&#039; click the Prevent icon (X) for the student role for the capabilites &#039;Start new discussions&#039; and &#039;Reply to posts&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:forum-permissions-page1.gif|thumb|The screen and relevant capabilities. (Click to enlarge]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are a teacher in a course, you should be able to do this by default, but if you don&#039;t see these options, ask your admin to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Edit the teacher role and change the capability moodle/role:safeoverride to allow&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the button &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the tab &amp;quot;Allow role overrides&amp;quot; (in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
#Check the appropriate box(s) in the teacher row to set which role(s) they can override. Most likely it will just be the student role, so check the box where the teacher row intersects with the student column&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the button &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I quarantine a forum post?==&lt;br /&gt;
If a student makes an inappropriate post, rather than deleting it, you can &amp;quot;quarantine&amp;quot; it by sending it to a hidden forum and then alerting your superior and the child&#039;s guardians. To do this you first need to create a forum &amp;quot;Hidden forum for Offensive Posts&amp;quot; (for example) and hide it with its eye.&lt;br /&gt;
**Find the offensive post and click &#039;split&#039; (between &#039;edit&#039; and &#039;delete&#039;) &lt;br /&gt;
**This will take you to a second page where you will be asked to verify the split. Confirm it by pressing the &#039;split&#039; button near the top of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
**The post(s) will now be split. You should see the post/discussion individually on a separate page. In the right-hand corner will be a dropdown bar and a button that says &#039;move.&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
**Choose &#039;Hidden Forum for Offensive Posts&#039; in the dropdown and click &#039;move.&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you inform the child why their post has been quarantined, as well as your superior and the child&#039;s guardians.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
(with thanks to Ben Reynolds)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I set up forum moderation or an approval process before a post appears?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not in core Moodle.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Check out the tracker item https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB/component/10440&lt;br /&gt;
*And https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-2260&lt;br /&gt;
*If anyone discovers a plugin to allow this, please post details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I subscribe to just one discussion in a forum?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not at present, though please see MDL-1626.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I receive forum emails in digest form?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A daily digest of either complete forum posts or with subjects only can be enabled in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; My profile settings &amp;gt; Edit profile&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I allow students to add new questions in a Q &amp;amp; A forum type?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only teachers and managers by default see the &amp;quot;add  a new question&amp;quot; button. If you wish students to be able to add new questions, they need to be given the capability [[Capabilities/mod/forum:addquestion|mod/forum:addquestion]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I make sure my students are notified of forum posts?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For students to be notified of forum posts, they need to be &#039;&#039;subscribed&#039;&#039; to the forum. A teacher can choose to force subscription on a particular forum either initially (auto subscription) or permanently (forced subscription) using the subscription mode setting. See the section on subscription mode in [[Forum settings]] for further details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can also subscribe selected students to the forum via &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Forum administration &amp;gt; Show/edit current subscribers&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I change the &#039;From&#039; address for forum notifications sent via email?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a user&#039;s email is set as the &#039;From&#039; address for forum notifications (unless the user has hidden their email address in their profile) so that recipients can choose to reply personally rather than via the forum. To set noreply@yourmoodlesite.org as &#039;From&#039; address for all forum notification emails, untick the forum_replytouser checkbox in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Activity modules &amp;gt; Forum&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I remove the words &amp;quot;Site news&amp;quot;?==&lt;br /&gt;
You can change the words to something else from &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Forum administration&amp;gt;Edit settings&#039;&#039; but to have no words at all - and without touching the code - do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*As admin go to &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Site administration&amp;gt;Appearance&amp;gt;HTML settings&#039;&#039; and uncheck/untick &#039;&#039;Remove HTML tags from all activity names&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Go to &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Forum administration&amp;lt;Edit settings&#039;&#039; (for the site news) and type:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:sitenewsname.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Save. What this does is code a space into the name field so Moodle thinks there is something in the required field -  but that something is a space,  not words.&lt;br /&gt;
==Can I have different email digests for different forums?==&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
This is possible, although there is not currently a setting for it. In the course you wish to manage the daily digests, type into your browser &#039;&#039;http://YOURMOODLESITE/mod/forum/index.php?id=2&#039;&#039;  (where &#039;&#039;YOURMOODLESITE&#039;&#039; is your Moodle and  the &#039;&#039;=number&#039;&#039; is the course ID) This will bring you to the index page of all your subscribed forums and you can specify how you want to receive notifications from there.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26forumdigest.png|thumb|Per forum digest settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?f=116 Forum module forum]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Moodle forum discussions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=148055 Ability to post anonymously]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=178331 How to resend forum posts] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=196698 Discussion Count]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Forum FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:FAQ sur le forum]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Foro FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Legacy_course_files&amp;diff=107145</id>
		<title>Legacy course files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Legacy_course_files&amp;diff=107145"/>
		<updated>2013-10-22T20:27:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: /* Also see */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Repositories}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: This page only applies to sites which have been upgraded from Moodle 1.9.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 onwards, files are stored in separate areas, rather than together in the course files area. See [[Course files]] for a detailed explanation. When a site is upgraded from 1.9, the course files area is renamed &#039;Legacy course files&#039;. By default, this area is not available in new courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It is recommended that teachers make use of the new [[Repositories|repositories]] in Moodle 2.0 for storing course files, rather than saving them in the legacy course files area&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling legacy course files areas==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable a legacy course files area in a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable the legacy course files repository plugin in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Repositories &amp;gt; [[Manage repositories]]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the legacyfilesinnewcourses box in the Manage repositories common settings then click the &#039;Save changes&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set &#039;Legacy course files&#039; to Yes in the course settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A legacy course files link will then appear in the &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Course administration&#039;&#039; area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Repository capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The capabilities [[Capabilities/repository/coursefiles:view|Use course files repository plugin]] and [[Capabilities/moodle/course:managefiles|Manage files]] are both required for users to access the legacy course files area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQs==&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you find out disk volume of legacy files?===&lt;br /&gt;
No.  You will need a custom report of some kind.  See http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201601&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where are legacy files stored?===&lt;br /&gt;
For one explanation, see http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=164544&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is there a way to delete legacy files en mass?===&lt;br /&gt;
Not at the moment.  Tracker item: http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-36008 and discussion: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209353&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also a comment here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=234922#p1020379&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is there a way to prevent new additions to legacy files?===&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
Yes. Unchecking [[Managing_repositories#Allow adding to legacy course files|Allow adding to legacy course files]] in &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Repositories &amp;gt; Common repository settings&#039;&#039; will prevent users from adding new files and directories to legacy course files, but they will still be able to delete files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What happens if you switch legacy files off in a site that has been upgraded and has a lot of legacy files?===&lt;br /&gt;
Unsure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you migrate a course from 1.9 to 2+ and NOT end up with a legacy files repository?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, you can. If you restore as a Teacher into the course you&#039;re currently present in (best if it&#039;s empty) and don&#039;t override any settings then the Legacy Files will not be added as a Repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What happens to the Legacy files in a course imported from 1.9 to 2.x that is re-imported into another 2.x?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In backups, are legacy files included with a course?===&lt;br /&gt;
Seems to be the case: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=194981&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Long term, will there be any problem keeping a large number of Legacy files?===&lt;br /&gt;
Possibly if you want to import (as opposed to restore) you may lose legacy files.  See &lt;br /&gt;
*http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-25631&lt;br /&gt;
*http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-32598&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What happens if legacy files were previously enabled and then the legacy course files repository is disabled?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legacy course files are displayed if they have ever been enabled on the course, but can be disabled at the course level in the course settings. Any new courses created will not have a legacy course files area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Also see==&lt;br /&gt;
*http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=172559&lt;br /&gt;
*http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=197746&lt;br /&gt;
*https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=234922&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja: レガシーコースファイル]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Legacy-Kursdateien]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_homepage&amp;diff=107144</id>
		<title>Course homepage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_homepage&amp;diff=107144"/>
		<updated>2013-10-22T20:10:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: /* To delete a course section */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Courses}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Standard view of a blank course==&lt;br /&gt;
Our examples will be for a course homepage that is the standard default for a new install on a site.  There are many course options that determine a course&#039;s appearance and make it look very different from our examples. The example course has a header, a footer (both content largely determined by a theme) and 3 columns in the middle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Blankcourselayout.png|thumb|600px|none|Example of Weekly format, teacher view, edit off - [https://docs.moodle.org/20/en/File:Blankcourselayout.png full resolution here]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parts of a course homepage===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above image, here are the parts of a typical course homepage.  It is possible to move and hide parts of the page and different themes display blocks in different regions,  so not all courses will look like this.&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;width:75%; height:200px&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Column left || Course sections - Center || Column right&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| *1 [[Course_settings#Full_name|Course full name]] || *6 Section header &amp;amp; [[News forum|News topic]] || *9 Login information&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| *2 [[Course_settings#Short_name|Navigation bar]] ||*7 Current week - First section || *10 Turn editing on button&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *4 [[Navigation block]]|| *8 Future week  - Second section|| *11 [[Latest News block|Latest news]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *5 [[Administration block]]||*14 &amp;quot;Show only this section&amp;quot;  || *12 [[Upcoming Events block|Upcoming events]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *15 &amp;quot;Switch role to&amp;quot;||  || *13 [[Recent Activity block|Recent activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *16 User profile settings ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *17 Site Administration || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Course sections== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Course sections are displayed in the centre of the course page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To edit a course section===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the edit icon after the section title&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If [[Conditional activities]] are enabled for the site, access to the section (including all activities and resources within it) may be restricted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of course sections in the centre column may be changed in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Course administration &amp;gt; Edit settings&#039;&#039; or by clicking the plus or minus icons at the bottom of the course page when editing is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:editing a section.png|thumb|Editing a course section]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:increasereduce.png|thumb|Changing the number of course sections]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To move a course section===&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn editing on&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the up/down arrow or the crosshairs icon to move the section&lt;br /&gt;
#Drag the section to where you want to position it and let go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The ability to move course sections is controlled by the capability [[Capabilities/moodle/course:movesections|moodle/course:movesections]], which is allowed for the default role of teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
===To delete a course section===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no way to delete a course section as such.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Three options for a work around are in this post: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=243077&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a plugin here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=block_quickset&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Blocks==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blocks are displayed in the right and/or left columns of the course page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a block to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the editing by clicking the button top right or the link in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Course administration&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select a block from the &amp;quot;Add block&amp;quot; dropdown menu (usually situated bottom right of the page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a block&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure editing is turned on then click onto the block title until the crosshair icon appears&lt;br /&gt;
#While keeping the block selected, drag it to where you want to position it and let go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the up/down arrow&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the place holder (a zone with a dashed border) where you want the block to appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:moveblocksnew.png|thumb|Crosshair icon for moving a block]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Moveblocks.png|thumb|Up/down arrow icon for moving a block]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Activities and resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an activity or resource to the course&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the editing by clicking the button top right or the link in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Course administration.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;Add an activity or resource&#039; to open the new activity chooser. Select an activity or resource then click the Add button, or simply double-click on the activity or resource name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If desired, the activity chooser can be switched off via &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Course administration &amp;gt; Activity chooser off&#039;&#039;. Activities and resources can then be added using dropdown menus. (The setting appears only when editing is turned on.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Moodle admin can switch this off by default in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; AJAX and Javascript&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:activity chooser.png|thumb|The activity chooser]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, certain resources and activities may be added using drag and drop:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a [[File|file]], simply drag and drop it onto the course section where you&#039;d like it to appear&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a [[Folder|folder of files]], simply zip the folder then drag and drop it onto the course section where you&#039;d like it to appear, answer &#039;Unzip files and create folder&#039; to the popup dialogue, then click the upload button&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a [[SCORM module|SCORM package]], simply drag and drop it onto the course section where you&#039;d like it to appear, answer &#039;Add a SCORM package&#039; to the popup dialogue, then click the upload button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing elements on your course homepage==&lt;br /&gt;
With the editing turned on, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will have icons next to it which all perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Your theme may have icons different from these below:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:hide24.png]] - the open-eye icon means an item is visible to students. It will close when you click on it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:closedeye24.png]] - the eye with a strike through icon means an item is hidden from students. It will open when you click on it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:moveajax24.png]]- the move icon allows you to move items or sections by dragging and dropping.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:movenoajaz241.png]] - this move icon appears if you don&#039;t have Ajax enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:groups24.png]] - the groups icon allows you to change between no groups or separate/visible groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:26actionicon.png|150px]] - this icon groups actions together for easier editing on smaller screens. Click to reveal the options. {{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:movenoajax24.png]] - the move here icon appears when moving a course element without Ajax. Click into the box to re-locate your item. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:topicmove24.png]] - the up/down arrows allow you to move course sections up or down and  appear if you do not have Ajax enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:delete24.png]] - the delete icon will permanently delete something from the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:groups24.png]] - the groups icon allows you to change between no groups or separate/visible groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:assignroles24.png]] - the roles icon allows you to assign roles locally in the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following icon only applies to sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:lightbulb24.png]] - the highlight  icon allows you to highlight a section as current.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make your course home page look more like a webpage - see [[Course FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Activity and resource descriptions can be displayed on the course page just below the link to the activity or resource by clicking the &#039;Display description on course page&#039; checkbox in the activity or resource settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Course homepage capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Capabilities/moodle/course:sectionvisibility|Control section visibility]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Capabilities/moodle/course:setcurrentsection|Set current section]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://prezi.com/oays--oappai/making-my-moodle/ A useful Prezi from a student teacher on designing an effective Moodle course]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/Je9udHLCIv0 How to quickly rename activities and use the activity chooser screencast]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/1You5H_NXM0 Quickly add a course section in Moodle 2.3 screencast]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/Yy6-Sg7z7A4 Drag and drop blocks in Moodle 2.3 screencast]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:course/view]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Page de cours]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:コースホームページ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Kursseite]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_homepage&amp;diff=107108</id>
		<title>Course homepage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Course_homepage&amp;diff=107108"/>
		<updated>2013-10-22T01:32:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: Adding subsections&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Courses}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Standard view of a blank course==&lt;br /&gt;
Our examples will be for a course homepage that is the standard default for a new install on a site.  There are many course options that determine a course&#039;s appearance and make it look very different from our examples. The example course has a header, a footer (both content largely determined by a theme) and 3 columns in the middle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Blankcourselayout.png|thumb|600px|none|Example of Weekly format, teacher view, edit off - [https://docs.moodle.org/20/en/File:Blankcourselayout.png full resolution here]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parts of a course homepage===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the above image, here are the parts of a typical course homepage.  It is possible to move and hide parts of the page and different themes display blocks in different regions,  so not all courses will look like this.&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;width:75%; height:200px&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Column left || Course sections - Center || Column right&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| *1 [[Course_settings#Full_name|Course full name]] || *6 Section header &amp;amp; [[News forum|News topic]] || *9 Login information&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| *2 [[Course_settings#Short_name|Navigation bar]] ||*7 Current week - First section || *10 Turn editing on button&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *4 [[Navigation block]]|| *8 Future week  - Second section|| *11 [[Latest News block|Latest news]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *5 [[Administration block]]||*14 &amp;quot;Show only this section&amp;quot;  || *12 [[Upcoming Events block|Upcoming events]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *15 &amp;quot;Switch role to&amp;quot;||  || *13 [[Recent Activity block|Recent activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *16 User profile settings ||  || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *17 Site Administration || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Course sections== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Course sections are displayed in the centre of the course page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To edit a course section===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the edit icon after the section title&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If [[Conditional activities]] are enabled for the site, access to the section (including all activities and resources within it) may be restricted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of course sections in the centre column may be changed in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Course administration &amp;gt; Edit settings&#039;&#039; or by clicking the plus or minus icons at the bottom of the course page when editing is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:editing a section.png|thumb|Editing a course section]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:increasereduce.png|thumb|Changing the number of course sections]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To move a course section===&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn editing on&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the up/down arrow or the crosshairs icon to move the section&lt;br /&gt;
#Drag the section to where you want to position it and let go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The ability to move course sections is controlled by the capability [[Capabilities/moodle/course:movesections|moodle/course:movesections]], which is allowed for the default role of teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
===To delete a course section===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no way to delete a course section as such.  Three options for a work around are in this post:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=243077&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Blocks==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blocks are displayed in the right and/or left columns of the course page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a block to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the editing by clicking the button top right or the link in &#039;&#039;Settings &amp;gt; Course administration&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select a block from the &amp;quot;Add block&amp;quot; dropdown menu (usually situated bottom right of the page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a block&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure editing is turned on then click onto the block title until the crosshair icon appears&lt;br /&gt;
#While keeping the block selected, drag it to where you want to position it and let go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the up/down arrow&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the place holder (a zone with a dashed border) where you want the block to appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:moveblocksnew.png|thumb|Crosshair icon for moving a block]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Moveblocks.png|thumb|Up/down arrow icon for moving a block]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Activities and resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an activity or resource to the course&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the editing by clicking the button top right or the link in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Course administration.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;Add an activity or resource&#039; to open the new activity chooser. Select an activity or resource then click the Add button, or simply double-click on the activity or resource name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If desired, the activity chooser can be switched off via &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Course administration &amp;gt; Activity chooser off&#039;&#039;. Activities and resources can then be added using dropdown menus. (The setting appears only when editing is turned on.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Moodle admin can switch this off by default in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; AJAX and Javascript&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:activity chooser.png|thumb|The activity chooser]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, certain resources and activities may be added using drag and drop:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a [[File|file]], simply drag and drop it onto the course section where you&#039;d like it to appear&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a [[Folder|folder of files]], simply zip the folder then drag and drop it onto the course section where you&#039;d like it to appear, answer &#039;Unzip files and create folder&#039; to the popup dialogue, then click the upload button&lt;br /&gt;
*To add a [[SCORM module|SCORM package]], simply drag and drop it onto the course section where you&#039;d like it to appear, answer &#039;Add a SCORM package&#039; to the popup dialogue, then click the upload button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing elements on your course homepage==&lt;br /&gt;
With the editing turned on, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will have icons next to it which all perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Your theme may have icons different from these below:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:quickrename24.png]] - the pencil icon allows to rename your item directly on the course page without entering the settings for that item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:edit24.png]] - the edit icon allows you to change the wording or settings of the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:duplicate24.png]] - the duplicate icon allows you to copy an activity or resource within your course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:hide24.png]] - the open-eye icon means an item is visible to students. It will close when you click on it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:closedeye24.png]] - the eye with a strike through icon means an item is hidden from students. It will open when you click on it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:indent24.png]] - the right  arrow icon is used to indent course elements (there is also a left icon)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:moveajax24.png]]- the move icon allows you to move items or sections by dragging and dropping.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:movenoajaz241.png]] - this move icon appears if you don&#039;t have Ajax enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:movenoajax24.png]] - the move here icon appears when moving a course element without Ajax. Click into the box to re-locate your item. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:topicmove24.png]] - the up/down arrows allow you to move course sections up or down and  appear if you do not have Ajax enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:delete24.png]] - the delete icon will permanently delete something from the course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:groups24.png]] - the groups icon allows you to change between no groups or separate/visible groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:assignroles24.png]] - the roles icon allows you to assign roles locally in the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following icon only applies to sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:lightbulb24.png]] - the highlight  icon allows you to highlight a section as current.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make your course home page look more like a webpage - see [[Course FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Activity and resource descriptions can be displayed on the course page just below the link to the activity or resource by clicking the &#039;Display description on course page&#039; checkbox in the activity or resource settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Course homepage capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Capabilities/moodle/course:sectionvisibility|Control section visibility]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Capabilities/moodle/course:setcurrentsection|Set current section]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://prezi.com/oays--oappai/making-my-moodle/ A useful Prezi from a student teacher on designing an effective Moodle course]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/Je9udHLCIv0 How to quickly rename activities and use the activity chooser screencast]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/1You5H_NXM0 Quickly add a course section in Moodle 2.3 screencast]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/Yy6-Sg7z7A4 Drag and drop blocks in Moodle 2.3 screencast]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:course/view]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Page de cours]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:コースホームページ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Kursseite]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Accounts_FAQ&amp;diff=106862</id>
		<title>Accounts FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Accounts_FAQ&amp;diff=106862"/>
		<updated>2013-10-13T19:36:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: /* Can Moodle send a notification e-mails automatically to a new user when an account is created for them? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Accounts}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I get my students to sign up to my Moodle site?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at how to set up [[Email-based self-registration|email based self registration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I suspend a user&#039;s account?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tick the &#039;Suspended account&#039; checkbox on the edit profile page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can Moodle send a notification e-mails automatically to a new user when an account is created for them?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not at the moment with core Moodle. See Tracker items MDL-19390.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a work around.  If you create a CSV for your user, and OMIT the password field a cron job does get triggered and an e-mail is sent to the user.  The text of the e-mail is customisable by an administrator in the admin settings.  See: https://docs.moodle.org/24/en/Upload_users#Fields_that_can_be_included&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
News: fixed in Moodle 2.6.  See https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-19390&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I log in as another user?==&lt;br /&gt;
This is normally only allowed for administrators or managers because of possible security issues. Click on the user&#039;s profile and then look in the Settings block on the side. Click the link there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:loginas.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that when you have finished, you will be logged out and will have to log in again. This is deliberate, again for security reasons, but you will be returned to the page you just left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I prevent users from editing elements of their profile?==&lt;br /&gt;
You can lock user fields from &#039;&#039;Settings&amp;gt;Site Administration&amp;gt;Plugins&amp;gt;Authentication&amp;gt;Manual accounts&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The search box for users is limited to 100 displayed users.  Can I change this?==&lt;br /&gt;
Yes -see [[User policies]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I am getting an error uploading a csv file with user data==&lt;br /&gt;
This may be due to a number of causes:&lt;br /&gt;
#open up your file in a text editor such as notepad and ensure you don&#039;t have any extra commas&lt;br /&gt;
#make sure when you use, for example, the fields &#039;course1&#039;, &#039;course2&#039; that you are using the SHORT name for the course&lt;br /&gt;
#make sure if you are uploading cohorts that you use the ID of the cohort and not its name&lt;br /&gt;
#make sure if you are adding a country that you use the 2 letter country code and not the full country name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Nutzerkonten FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Decaf_theme&amp;diff=106523</id>
		<title>Decaf theme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Decaf_theme&amp;diff=106523"/>
		<updated>2013-09-04T03:12:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: /* Theme Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{stub}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Themes}} &lt;br /&gt;
This is a [[:Category:Contributed_code|contributed (third party)]] three column full width theme for Moodle written by Lei Zhang and maintained now by Paul Nichols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theme is customisable through Moodle&#039;s theme settings. &lt;br /&gt;
==Theme Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#Main feature of Decaf: the Awesome Bar navigation which is at the top rather than at the side.&lt;br /&gt;
#Plus there is a nice small edit button rather than the usual row of icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Illustration of decaf-course menu combo==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MainDecaf.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurable Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; When making changes to any theme please ensure that [[Theme_settings#Theme_designer_mode|Theme Designer Mode]] is enabled to ensure your changes appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The menus==&lt;br /&gt;
From a post in the plugins forum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t run Awesome bar AND the built in Nav and Settings menus. Just to much overhead. &lt;br /&gt;
So, you are best to &lt;br /&gt;
#Go to home page and for NAV and SETTINGS blocks show on front page only&lt;br /&gt;
#Then &amp;quot;hide on front page&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#In DECAF settings set both to &#039;Show on front page=NO&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other themes with the Awesome bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Theme Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
The only setting to be aware of here is the show other menus (switch all settings/admins menus OFF as if you don&#039;t it will run like a dog)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Decaf_Options.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit button===&lt;br /&gt;
This option uses a small edit button rather than a number of edit option icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hide settings and/or navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
Needed really&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Show user picture===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add custom menu before/After Awesome bar===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:One_Menu_Option.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Download link==&lt;br /&gt;
You can download the theme from https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=theme_decaf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interesting hacks and Mods==&lt;br /&gt;
*Add dynamic footer: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=230045&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
 *[http://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=category&amp;amp;id=3 Rocket]&#039;s Plugin database page&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/moodleman/moodle-theme_rocket/zipball/master Download latest version]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/moodleman/moodle-theme_rocket Browse GIT]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB/component/10295 Bugs and Issues] at Tracker&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=185129 Discussion in English] in the Themes Forum&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://features.demo.moodle.com.au/ Demo site]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Decaf_theme&amp;diff=106462</id>
		<title>Decaf theme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Decaf_theme&amp;diff=106462"/>
		<updated>2013-08-27T23:03:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Derekcx: /* Theme Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{stub}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Themes}} &lt;br /&gt;
This is a [[:Category:Contributed_code|contributed (third party)]] three column full width theme for Moodle written by Lei Zhang and maintained now by Paul Nichols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theme is customisable through Moodle&#039;s theme settings. &lt;br /&gt;
==Theme Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#Main feature of Decaf: the Awesome Bar navigation which is at the top rather than at the side.&lt;br /&gt;
#Plus there is a nice small edit button rather than the usual row of icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Illustration of decaf-course menu combo==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MainDecaf.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurable Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; When making changes to any theme please ensure that [[Theme_settings#Theme_designer_mode|Theme Designer Mode]] is enabled to ensure your changes appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The menus==&lt;br /&gt;
From a post in the plugins forum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t run Awesome bar AND the built in Nav and Settings menus. Just to much overhead. &lt;br /&gt;
So, you are best to &lt;br /&gt;
#Go to home page and for NAV and SETTINGS blocks show on front page only&lt;br /&gt;
#Then &amp;quot;hide on front page&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#In DECAF settings set both to &#039;Show on front page=NO&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other themes with the Awesome bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Theme Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
The only setting to be aware of here is the xxx  (switch all settings menus OFF as if you don&#039;t it will run like a dog)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Decaf_Options.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit button===&lt;br /&gt;
This option uses a small edit button rather than a number of edit option icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hide settings and/or navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
Needed really&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Show user picture===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add custom menu before/After Awesome bar===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:One_Menu_Option.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Download link==&lt;br /&gt;
You can download the theme from https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=theme_decaf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interesting hacks and Mods==&lt;br /&gt;
*Add dynamic footer: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=230045&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
 *[http://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=category&amp;amp;id=3 Rocket]&#039;s Plugin database page&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/moodleman/moodle-theme_rocket/zipball/master Download latest version]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/moodleman/moodle-theme_rocket Browse GIT]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB/component/10295 Bugs and Issues] at Tracker&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=185129 Discussion in English] in the Themes Forum&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://features.demo.moodle.com.au/ Demo site]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Derekcx</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>